Citation
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1977-1979

Material Information

Title:
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1977-1979
Alternate Title:
Metropolitan State College bulletin
Creator:
Metropolitan State College (Denver, Colo.)
Place of Publication:
Denver, CO
Publisher:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Publication Date:

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
18507087 ( OCLC )

Full Text


Ulfi701 TflOOLbl
Volume XIII Number 1
Published monthly. Application to mail at second-class postage rates is pending at Denver, Colorado.
This Bulletin is published for the information of Metropolitan State College students only. The material published herein is based upon the best information available at the time of printing and should be verified for currency and accuracy with the appropriate College office. This Bulletin is not intended as a contract between the student and the College, nor as an irrevocable statement of policies, procedures, or other data, since these matters are subject to change.






Metropolitan State College Bulletin
77-79
1006 11th Street Denver, Colorado 80204


COLLEGE CALENDAR
COLLEGE CALENDAR 1977-1979
1977-1978
SUMMER SEMESTER 1977
Last day to submit mail registration forms........................................April 22
Walk-in registration begins................May 23
Classes begin .............................June 6
Last day to register or add classes.......June 10
Independence Day* no classes..............July4
Second module registration..............July 11-13
Second module classes begin...................July 12
Summer Term ends............................August 15
AUTUMN SEMESTER 1977
Last day to submit mail registration
forms ..................................July 22
Walk-in registration begins............August 22
Classes begin ........................Septembers
Last day to register or add classes...Septembers
Thanksgiving Holiday* no classes. .November24-25 Autumn Term ends ...................December 21
WINTERIM 1978
Walk-in registration ...........
Classes begin .................
Last day to register or add classes Winter Term ends..............
SPRING SEMESTER 1978
Last day to submit mail registration forms ........................
Walk-in registration begins...
Classes begin ................
Last day to register or add classes
Spring Break no classes ....
Spring Term ends .............
Commencement ..................
1978-1979
SUMMER SEMESTER 1978
Last day to submit mail registration
forms.........................................April 14
Walk-in registration begins......................May 30
Classes begin ................................June 12
Last day to register or add classes.............June 16
Independence Day* no classes................July 4
Second module registration................July 17-19
Second module classes begin.....................July 17
Summer Term ends...............................August 18
AUTUMN SEMESTER 1978
Last day to submit mail registration
forms ....................................July 7
Walk-in registration begins.............August 21
Classes begin ........................Septembers
Last day to register or add classes..September 11
Thanksgiving Holiday* no classes..November 23-24 Autumn Term ends.....................December 20
WINTERIM 1979
Walk-in registration ..................January 2-3
Classes begin ..........................January 2
Last day to register or add classes.....January 3
Winter Term ends.......................January 26
SPRING SEMESTER 1979
Last day to submit mail registration
forms ...............................December 1
Walk-in registration begins................January 15
Classes begin..............................January 29
Last day to register or add classes.....February 2
Spring Break no classes ............March19-23
Spring Term ends...............................May 18
Commencement ...............................May 20
'College Offices also closed during this holiday.
In addition, College Offices will be closed on the following dates:
September 5, 1977
December 26-30, 1977
March 24, 1978
May 29, 1978
September 4, 1978
December 25-29, 1978
March 23, 1979
January 2-3 .January 2 ..January 3 .January 27
December 2 .January 16 ..January 30 .. February 3 March 20-24
....May 19
....May 21
2


CONTENTS
Page
College Calendar..................................................... 2
General Information ................................................. 5
Campus............................................................... 5
Admission ........................................................... 6
State College and University Consortium.............................. 8
Student Financial Aid Programs....................................... 9
Costs .............................................................. 11
Student Personnel Services.......................................... 12
Center for Community Services....................................... 15
Center for Experimental Studies..................................... 16
Academic Information................................................ 18
Omnibus Courses .................................................... 23
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements........................... 24
Degrees and Programs Available...................................... 27
School of Business.................................................. 29
Center for Education................................................ 41
School of Engineering Technology.................................... 59
School of Liberal Arts.............................................. 73
School of Professional Studies..................................... 115
School of Science and Mathematics.................................. 135
Center for Urban Affairs........................................... 151
Administration .................................................... 160
Academic Administrators............................................ 162
Faculty............................................................ 164
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 174
Auraria Higher Education Center Map..................Inside Back Cover


HISTORICAL BACKGROUND CAMPUS
ADMISSION INFORMATION Kenneth C. Curtis, Dean of Admissions and Records
STATE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM STUDENT FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS COSTS
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Edward L. Sc he nek, Dean of Student Services
CENTER FOR COMMUNITY SERVICES Alan M. Dahms, Dean
CENTER FOR EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES Catherine M. Warrick, Dean
ACADEMIC INFORMATION OMNIBUS COURSES PROGRAMS OF STUDY AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS DEGREES AND PROGRAMS AVAILABLE


GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
HISTORY
Metropolitan State College was founded by an act passed by the Colorado Legislature in 1963, placing it under the control and management of the Trustees of the State Colleges in Colorado. In the Fall of 1965, the College opened its doors to 1,189 students and offered the first classes of the lower division academic program.
In 1967, the Colorado General Assembly authorized an upper division progam. Junior level courses were added that Fall and senior level courses in 1968. A decade later, in the Fall of 1976, Metropolitan State had enrolled over 12,900 students and had grown to become the largest college in the Denver area and one of the four largest institutions of higher learning in Colorado.
GOALS
The enacting legislation for Metropolitan State College sets forth its general purpose: To serve the needs for higher education in the Denver metropolitan area, as well as to serve the needs for higher education in the State of Colorado generally." To perform this mission, the College is directed to be a multi-purpose, urban-oriented institution with comprehensive programs in the arts and sciences, career, technical and professional fields.
The College is authorized to grant the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science and Associate in Applied Science.
It is the policy of Metropolitan State College to provide equal educational and employment opportunities for all regardless of race, color, creed, age, sex, or national origin. The various academic programs, services, and administrative processes of the College are committed to achieving these goals.
ACCREDITATION
Metropolitan State College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools,
the National League for Nursing, the National Association of Schools of Music and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education.
STUDENT BODY
Metropolitan State Colleges diverse, commuter student body ranges in age from 15 to 70 and comes from broadly different backgrounds. The average age of the Colleges student body is 27.5 years, and the majority are self-supporting, with almost 52 percent of the students attending part-time. Women account for about 44 percent of the total student population. Most of the Colleges students are residents of the five-county Denver metropolitan area.
FACULTY
Metropolitan State College's full-time faculty numbers nearly 300. The faculty are selected on the basis of teaching effectiveness and educational preparation. Highly qualified, they are dedicated to instructional excellence and innovative teaching ideas. Many of them have backgrounds that include business and professional work outside the realm of institutional learning. They are attracted to Metropolitan State College because of the challenge of an urban institution.
COMMUNITY LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
As an urban college, Metropolitan State participates in the surrounding community.
All Schools and Centers at the College incorporate programs through which students work with community businesses and agencies in areas of the students interests and expertise. These programs include internships, independent study placements, cooperative education, and student volunteer programs. Students are active in over 200 community organizations, governmental agencies, and local businesses each year.
All academic courses are open to area residents, and many are offered at community locations through the Extended Campus Credit Program.
CAMPUS
NEW CAMPUS SITE
Metropolitan State College moved to new facilities on the Auraria Higher Education Center during the 1976-77 academic year. The 169-acre campus is located in downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. The Community College of Den-ver-Auraria Campus (CCD-A) and the University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) share the facilities with MSC.
Nearly one million square feet of space for classrooms, laboratories and offices are included in the facility. Some administrative offices are in restored Victorian homes in Denvers historic Ninth Street Park located within the Auraria site. The campus also features a day care center; a block-long gymnasium with a swimming pool; areas for handball, soccer, baseball and track; a student center and a library housing 370,000 volumes.
AURARIA CONCEPT
The Auraria Higher Education Center is planned to provide a variety of educational opportunities that meet the needs of the urban student. The three Auraria institutions continue to be governed by separate boards and to maintain their distinctive roles and missions. However, the concept of facility sharing
affords the MSC student the flexibility of taking lower division courses at the community college and graduate or specialized professional courses at the university. Metropolitan State Colleges four-year degree programs are coordinated with those of the other two institutions, and cross-registration is encouraged and can be accomplished easily.
The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Denver enables students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave classroom theory into the social, political, cultural and economic fabric of the city.
ORIGIN OF PLAN
The Auraria Higher Education Center originated with the need to provide permanent facilities for three rapidly growing urban institutions. In 1971, the Auraria Board of Directors was created by the Governor to plan the campus, construct the buildings, and maintain the facilities. In 1972, the Colorado Legislature appropriated nearly $40 million for the construction of the Auraria campus. Additional funds were contributed by the City of Denver, the federal government through the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the State of Colorado. This makes the Center a creative example of cooperation by government at all levels.
5


ADMISSION
ADMISSION
ADMISSION INSTRUCTIONS
Applications for Admission are considered in the order in which they are received each semester. To insure guaranteed processing, Applications for Admission must be, and credentials should be, received at the College not later than four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought. All credentials which are submitted become the property of Metropolitan State College and will not be returned to the student.
An official transcript must carry the seal of the sending institution, signed by the registering authority, and be issued by the sending institution within the last calendar year. Date of graduation and/or degree received must also appear on the transcript.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES
Admission of Freshmen
(Applicants who have not attended college):
To be eligible for admission, students must have graduated from an approved high school. Other factors considered are intelligence, personality, character, and comments by secondary school officials. Persons who are not high school graduates will be considered on an individual basis after submitting certified scores on the standard General Education Development test, whch show they have the ability to satisfactorily pursue programs of instruction which the College offers.
Colorado high school students may apply for admission and enroll while concurrently completing high school graduation requirements through the high school. Students must have prior consent from the high school, their guardian and Metropolitan State College. Students must be awarded the high school diploma before college credits are validated.
To apply for admission:
1. Obtain the Application for Admission from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records, MSC Administration Building, 1006 11th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80204.
2. This form should be completed and submitted along with the application fee directly to the Office of Admissions. To insure processing, both the application and the credentials must be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought. It Is the student's responsibility to insure that an official high school transcript is submitted to the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions in time to meet processing dates.
3. A $10.00 application fee, which is nonrefund-able and will not apply toward tuition, must be sent with the application for admission. The application fee must be received or waived before the application can be considered.
4. Upon receipt of the above credentials, and after a preliminary evaluation has been made, the applicant will be informed of his admission status.
Admission Through ACT
Although the ACT and SAT are not required for admission, high school students are encouraged to take the ACT or SAT to provide a basis for advising and counseling. If at the time the student takes the ACT or SAT, he indicates Metropolitan State College as one of his first three choices to receive the ACT or SAT Profile Reports, the following admission procedure shall apply:
1. A letter of explanation and application card
will be sent to the student.
2. If the student wishes to be considered for admission, he should complete the card, have his high school counselor sign it, and return it to MSC.
3. There is NO application fee.
4. The ACT and SAT Profile Reports and the application card will be used in lieu of a formal application.
5. The student need submit only one official high school transcript (following graduation) with the date the diploma was awarded. It is the students responsibility to insure that the official high school transcript is submitted to Metropolitan State College's Office of Admissions in time to meet guaranteed processing dates.
6. Supplemental scores are not Included In this procedure.
Admission of Transfer Students
(Students who have attended a college or university):
To be eligible for admission as a transfer student from other accredited colleges or universities, an official transcript from each institution attended must be submitted. Transfer applicants are expected to present an overall average of "C" (2.00 based on a four-point system where an "A" grade is 4 points) on all college work previously attempted and must be in good standing and eligible to return to the last college or university attended. Students who do not meet these standards should contact the Office of Admissions for individual consideration. Failure to report correctly any previous college or university record may result in loss of credit and/or dismissal.
1. Obtain the Application for Admission from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records, MSC Administration Building, 1006 11th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80204.
2. Complete the application for admission and return it to the Office of Admissions. To insure processing, the application must be received by the College at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission Is sought.
3. A $10.00 application fee, which is nonrefundable and will not apply toward tuition, must accompany the application for admission. The fee must be received or waived before the application can be considered.
4. A high school transcript is requested when:
(a) The college transcripts do not give complete information about the applicant's high school record.
(b) The applicant has less than 45 quarter hours or 30 semester hours of transferable college credits.
5. The applicant should request that one official transcript from each college or university be forwarded to the Office of Admissions at Metropolitan State College. Although an applicants record from several institutions may be summarized on one transcript, an application will not be considered until official transcripts from each college attended are received. These are required even though no credit may have been earned at an institution.
Transfer Credit Evaluation
At Metropolitan State College the new transfer student takes the initial step In the evaluation of his credit. Once final official transcripts are received by the Office of Admissions from all collegiate institutions previously attended, the student is sent a packet of evaluation materials with which he begins the evaluation of transfer credit.
Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines:
6


ADMISSION
1. Grades earned must be A, B, C or equivalent. Grades of D, F, and similarly graded courses will not transfer.
2. Course content should be similar to those courses offered at Metropolitan State College.
3. A maximum of 70 semester hours will be accepted from a two-year insitution. A maximum of 90 semester hours of credit will be given for work done at a four-year institution or combination of two and four-year institutions.
4. A student earning a two-year degree from an accredited institution with a G.P.A. of 2.0 or better will be guaranteed 60 semester hours of transfer credit, it he has met the following minimums in the MSC general studies areas:
Freshman English ...............4 semester hours
Humanities ..........................8 semester hours
Science/Mathematics .................8 semester hours
Social/Behavioral Science ...........8 semester hours
plus 2 additional hours in
any one of these areas 2 semester hours
or in the career area 30 semester hours
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students
(Former students who have not been in attendance at Metropolitan State College for one or more years.)
1. Obtain the Application for Readmission from the Office of Admissions and Records, MSC Administration Building, 1006 11th St., Denver, Colorado 80204.
2. Complete the Application for Readmission and return it to the Office of Admissions. To insure processing, the application should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
3. No application fee is required.
4. An applicant who has attended other collegiate institutions since last enrollment at MSC must request that one official transcript from each institution be forwarded to the Office of Admissions so that it will be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
(a) An applicant who was previously admitted as non-degree seeking and wishes to maintain this status, but in the interim has attended other colleges or universities, is required to submit an official transcript from those institutions.
(b) An applicant who was previously admitted as a non-degree student but now wishes to seek a degree at MSC must request one official transcript from all previously attended colleges or universities. A student will be permitted to register for subsequent semesters provided an official transcript from his last college or university is received. However, as a result of not submitting all transcripts on time, a degree-seeking student will lose his registration priority. This priority will be re-established once all missing transcripts are received by the Office of Admissions.
ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS
Any student who indicates on his application for admission that his country of citizenship is a country other than the United States must contact the Director of Admissions.
1. Admission of permanent immigrants:
(a) Those individuals holding a permanent immigrant visa must present the visa to the Director of Admissions prior to being accepted to the institution.
(b) Official transcripts must be submitted four weeks prior to the beginning of the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
(c) Applicants may be required to pass an English proficiency examination.
(d) Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
2. Admission of students from abroad:
(a) Applications for admission must be received prior to the following dates:
Autumn Semester 1977 Autumn Semester 1978 Spring Semester 1978 Spring Semester 1979 Summer Semester 1978 Summer Semester 1979
June 14,1977 June 14,1978 October 17,1977 October 17, 1978 February 6,1978 February 6,1979
(b) Credentials of previous academic work must be received four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
(c) Applicants are required to submit English proficiency results from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), or English Language Services (ELS).
(d) Students from abroad must pay their tuition and fees on the day they register. Failure to comply will result in withdrawal of their U.S. Immigration Form 20 (I-20).
(e) Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
If the student is academically admissible and has met the minimum requirements on the English proficiency examination, he will be issued the U.S. Immigration Form 20 (I-20). Questions regarding the admission of students from abroad or permanent immigrants should be forwarded to the Director of Admissions.
ORIENTATION
New Student Orientation is a program designed to assist all new and transfer students in becoming part of the College life. The program is planned to give each student personal attention through small group discussion which acquaints them with the College, its programs, services, activities, and facilities. Invitation to the Orientation Program will be sent prior to registration.
RESIDENCY CLASSIFICATION
A student is classified as an in-state or out-of-state student for tuition purposes at the time he is granted admission. The classification is based upon information supplied by the student on his application for admission and in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Classification Statute. Once determined, the residency status remains unchanged in the absence of satisfactory evidence to the contrary. Written evidence in the form of a "Petition for Change of Residency Status, along with documented evidence to support the students claim for residency, shall be submitted to the Director of Admissions.
The tuition classification statute requires that certain criteria be met:
1. The parents of an unemancipated minor must have been domiciled in the State for at least 12 consecutive months.
2. The emancipated minor must have been domiciled in the State for at least 12 consecutive months after being emancipated.
3. All students must have been domiciled in the State for a minimum of 12 consecutive months after attaining the age of 21.
4. An individual must demonstrate intent to make Colorado a permanent home. Intent to establish Colorado as ones permanent home must be established one year prior to being granted residency status. The following may be considered, as evidence of intent:
7


ADMISSION
a) full-time employment in Colorado; b) ownership of residential real property in Colorado; c) filing of a Colorado State Income Tax return; d) obtaining a valid Colorado motor vehicle operator's license; e) registration of vehicle in Colorado; f) and the compliance with any law imposing a mandatory duty upon a domiciliary of the State; g) registering to vote.
Any questions regarding classification of resident
status should be resolved with the Office of Admissions prior to registration. The date by which a student must qualify as a resident for tuition purposes is the last day to register of the semester for which the student is seeking a change in classification. This date is published in the class schedule each semester as is the deadline for formal submission of a petition.
STATE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM
PURPOSE:
The institutions governed by the Trustees of the State Colleges in Colorado (Adams State College, Mesa College, Metropolitan State College, University of Southern Colorado, and Western State College) are joined in a consortium. The purpose of the consortium is to identify and facilitate cooperative efforts among the institutions. It is expected that such efforts will lead to broader educational opportunities for students than can be offered by any one of the institutions.
ENROLLMENT PROCEDURE:
The registering authority of each State College and University Consortium member institution can provide any regularly enrolled student in good standing the materials with which the student can enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring
additional matriculation costs. The student is subject only to regular tuition and fees assessed by the host institution for the particular schedule of courses, as determined by the student's residency status at the home institution.
Enrollment is subject to space being available in the host institution. Students should ascertain in advance of enrolling at a consortium institution that desired courses will satisfy degree requirements at the home institution. The process of enrolling as a consortium student should begin at least one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the host institution.
Members of the consortium are Adams State College, Mesa College, Metropolitan State College, University of Southern Colorado, and Western State College.
8


STUDENT FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
Metropolitan State College is dedicated to providing equal access to higher education to all persons qualified for admission who have the will and ability to benefit from the instruction offered. Charges to students are low because a considerable portion of the cost of operation is paid from Colorado tax revenues.
The Office of Student Financial Aid provides assistance for students who need additional finances to attend the College. This aid is available through the National Direct Student Loan Program, the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the Colorado State Grant Program, as well as the College Work-Study, Colorado Work-Study, Nursing Loan. Nursing Scholarship, and Law Enforcement Education Programs.
The Office of Student Financial Aid requires the American College Testing Programs Family Financial Statement (FFS) to determine the degree of need. This form is designed to identify the resources of both the student and his parents. The family Financial Statement meets federal requirements. Use of this form means that all student needs are evaluated on the same criteria, although both the FFS and the Office of Student Financial Aid take into consideration individual circumstances.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
The following forms are required from those requesting financial assistance:
Freshmen
These forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid or local high schools.
1. MSC Internal Application for Financial Aid
2. The Family Financial Statement of the American College Testing Program (FFS)
3. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Application Form (BEOG)
Transfer Students
1. A statement of all forms of financial aid received from other institutions
2. MSC Internal Application for Financial Aid
3. The Family Financial Statement
4. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Application Form
Continuing Metropolitan State College Students
1. MSC Internal Application For Financial Aid
2. The Family Financial Statement
3. BEOG Application Form
ELIGIBILITY
Most financial assistance will be based on financial need, and any student with a demonstrated need will receive consideration. Financial need equals the estimated cost of attendance minus the resources available to the student. Resources must include parental contributions, spouse's earnings, and outside income such as veterans benefits and social security.
Participants in the federal and State aid programs must be citizens of the United States, Nationals, or be a permanent resident of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, maintain normal progress toward a degree and attend the College on a full-time basis (12 hours per semester). Aid, not to exceed tuition,
fees, books, and transportation, is available to part-time students (6 hours per semester) on a need basis.
DURATION OF AWARDS
All financial aid awards are made for one academic year (or less). To continue receiving an award, a student must:
1. Be in good standing with the College.
2. Continue to demonstrate financial need. Continuing awards are contingent upon adequate funding of the federal and State financial aid programs.
NORMAL ACADEMIC PROGRESS
The awarding of financial aid is a contractual agreement between the student and Metropolitan State College. The continuation of financial aid is based upon the student making normal academic progress. Normal academic progress is defined as registering for and completing 12 hours per semester (in some cases a student may register for less with prior approval from the Financial Aid Office). Students failing to complete 12 hours per semester for two consecutive semesters will have their financial aid reviewed and reduced to direct education costs (providing at least 6 hours were completed each semester). Students failing to complete 6 hours during any given semester will have their financial aid package canceled. Reinstatement of the aid will be based upon individual circumstances and available monies. A No-credit" (NC) notation or "F grade is not considered a completed course for financial aid purposes.
It cannot be emphasized too much that the receipt of aid carries with it a concurrent responsibility to complete those hours for which the student has registered.
LAST GUARANTEED PROCESSING DAYS
Summer Semester Apr. 1
Fall Semester Apr. 15
Spring Semester Oct. 24
LOANS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) Undergraduate students may borrow up to $5,000 during their undergraduate career. Total loans for the first two years of school may not exceed $2,500. Repayment of the NDSL begins nine months after the student ceases to be a half-time (6 hours) student. NDSL funds are to be repaid at a minimum of $30 per month. The period of repayment cannot exceed ten years. The NDSL has cancellation provisions. Information regarding cancellation may be obtained from the Student Financial Aid Office.
Principal and interest payments are deferrable during periods of at least part-time study.
Federally Insured Student Loans (FISL)
The College cooperates with banks in making information available to students. Undergraduates may borrow up to $2,500 in a single year, but not more than $7,500 during their undergraduate career. A student not already on full financial aid may apply through his own or local banks. Applications are accepted throughout the school year. Forms and information are available at the Office of Financial Aid.
Nursing Loan Funds
To be eligible, an applicant must meet the following requirements:
1. Status as a part-time student or acceptance for enrollment as a part-time student (6 hours or more).
9


STUDENT FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
2. Acceptance in the Nursing Degree program at the College.
3. Demonstration of need as shown by the Family Financial Statement.
4. Good standing in the College.
College by the federal government. Grants are renewable subject to continued financial need, a satisfactory academic record and availability of funds. These grants were established for students of low income families by the Higher Education Act of 1965.
Short Term Loans
Short term emergency loans are available through the Student Government Loan Fund. Their offices are located in the Student Center. Loans up to $80 may be secured for emergency expenses. All loans are due and payable by the end of the semester in which they were borrowed.
A loan fund has been established in memory of Raymond R. Uhl, a former student at Metropolitan State College, who was killed in military action in Vietnam. The purpose of this fund is to assist needy students through loans for short periods of time.
GRANTS
Basic Education Opportunity Grants The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is an entitlement program providing up to $1,400 per year depending upon an analysis of family income and the colleges educational costs. Effective July 1, 1976 all students are eligible to apply (except those who have received a bachelors degree), regardless of when they first attended a post-secondary institution. Grants average approximately $750 per year.
Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office and are processed directly by the federal government. There is no cost to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants
Amounts vary from $200 to $1,500 annually, depending upon financial need and funds allotted to the
Colorado State Grant Program
Awards vary from $100 to $1,000 depending on financial need and funds allotted to the College by the State of Colorado.
State Student Incentive Grant
Grants of up to $750 are available to Colorado residents who demonstrate substantial financial need. These grants are matched with Colorado State Grants.
Criminal Justice Assistance Programs
1. Law Enforcement Education Program (LEEP).
a. LEEP grants are available to eligible personnel employed full-time with a publicly funded, criminal justice agency. Grants pay tuition, fees, and book allowance up to $400 per semester. After funds have been advanced, grant recipients are obligated to complete two years of service within a publicly funded criminal justice agency. Failure to complete this obligation requires repayment at seven percent interest per annum of any outstanding balance.
b. Full-time students who qualify for a LEEP grant may elect to receive a LEEP loan instead. In certain circumstances, the loan may supplement the grant. Also subject to funding, LEEP loans may be available to full-time students who are not currently employed in the criminal justice system. Loans may be cancelled at the rate of 25 percent per year of employment in any public criminal justice system, or must be repaid at seven percent interest per annum following graduation if the grantee does not complete the obligation, OR the status of the student changes from full-time to part-time.
10


STUDENT FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
c. Veterans Administration education benefits may be received concurrently with LEEP grants. Colorado veterans education benefits and Colorado scholarships must be considered as duplication of benefits, and LEEP will pay only the remainder of the grantee's direct cost (tuition, fees and book allowance).
SCHOLARSHIPS
The office of Student Financial Aid has a limited number of private scholarships available. Questions in this area should be directed to the Office of Student Financial Aid.
Nursing Grant Funds
To be eligible, an applicant must meet the following requirements:
1. Status as a part-time student or acceptance for enrollment as a part-time student.
2. Acceptance in the nursing degree program at the College.
3. Demonstration of need as shown by the Family Financial Statement (extreme financial need must exist to receive a scholarship).
4. Good standing in the College.
Colorado Scholars Program
Tuition assistance grants not to exceed the cost of resident tuition or $400 per Academic Year, whichever Is smaller, are available through the academic departments. Recipients are chosen by departmental scholarship committees based on departmental criteria. Students interested should contact their major departments.
Athletic Scholarships
Metropolitan State College has a limited number of Athletic Scholarships available. These scholarship awards vary from one-half to full in-state tuition. Metropolitan State College athletics include soccer, basketball, swimming, track and field, tennis and baseball for men; and for women the sports include field hockey, volleyball, skiing, basketball, softball, swimming, soccer, and tennis.
The Trustees of the State Colleges and University Consortium in Colorado, the governing board of the College, reserves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees prior to the first day of registration for any semester.
TUITION AND COLLEGE SERVICE FEES
Tuition and College Service fees are determined by the Legislature and Trustees shortly before the beginning of each academic year, and therefore, are not available for inclusion in this Bulletin. These costs may be found either in an addendum to this Bulletin or in the current semester's Class Schedule. However, the cost of tuition and fees for students taking 10 or more hours per semester is projected to be approximately $200 per semester for in-state students and $675 for out-of-state students. The cost of students taking 9 or fewer hours will be approximately $19 per semester hour for in-state students and $50 per semester hour for out-of-state students. There is also an additional tuition charge for hours taken in excess of 18 credits per semester. For in-state students this charge will be approximately $11.00 per credit hour and $42.00 per credit hour for out-of-state students.
STANDARD FEES
Application Fee (required of all applicants for admission to the College. This fee is non-refundable and will not be applied on tuition.) $10.00
Transcript Fee, per transcript 1.00
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Federal College Work-Study Program
The student is employed by the institution to help defray the costs of attending college. Hourly rates normally vary from $2.30 to $3.50 per hour depending upon the skill and experience of the student. The student must demonstrate need.
Off-Campus Work-Study Program
To a limited extent, jobs for needy students are available with off-campus, non-profit, public interest agencies, Federal agencies, State agencies and City agencies.
Colorado Work-Study Program The recipient must be a Colorado resident. Need must be shown.
No-Need Institutional Employment
The State of Colorado and the College have limited funds available to employ students within the institution who possess the skills needed to perform jobs required by the school. Such employment is not based upon financial need.
Outside Employment
Students who do not show need may also be placed in jobs outside the school on a part-time basis. Many Metropolitan! State College students have received part-time jobs outside the school. Students interested should contact the Office of Job Development.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Scholarships and low interest loans from sources such as churches and foundations are available through the Office of Student Financial Aid. Many private lending agencies have developed attractive loans for college students. High school counselors and libraries are sources of additional information.
SPECIAL FEES
Class Drop Fee (for each class dropped during first six days) 5.00
Late Payment Fee 10.00
Returned Check Penalty 5.00
Health Insurance: Single coverage is included in the College Service Fee for students taking ten or more semester hours. These students may apply for a waiver if they have other coverage. Optional coverage is available for dependents and part-time students who are enrolled for six or more semester hours. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first two weeks of each semester.
OTHER COST INFORMATION
The cost of books and supplies averages about $200 per academic year with the highest cost during the first semester of attendance. Other costs such as room, board, clothing, transportation, and other personal expenses will vary with individuals.
TUITION ADJUSTMENTS
Please see the insertion to this Bulletin or the Class Schedule for the current semester.
11


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
The Vice President for Student Affairs coordinates a wide range of student assistance programs, such as admissions, records, registration, orientation, educational and vocational testing, vocational and special counseling, financial aid, placement, student health services, and student activities. Special help is provided for students who are having difficulties with their studies or problems of a personal nature.
Other services, such as academic advising, skills reinforcement, tutorial assistance, and veterans services, are available in the Center for Experimental Studies.
CONDUCT OF STUDENTS
It is the policy of Metropolitan State College to give students the largest degree of freedom consistent with good work and orderly conduct. However, the College does publish standards of conduct to which students are expected to adhere. The Student Due Process Procedure, which contains the procedural rights provided to students at MSC before disciplinary action is imposed, is available through the office of the Dean of Student Services.
COUNSELING AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT CENTER
The Center exists for the purpose of providing competent, professional assistance in two broad areas to all students enrolled in the College. These areas are: 1) Counseling for Educational and Career Planning and 2) Counseling for Personal Growth and Change. These services are provided in a variety of forms and settings that include formal classes, workshops, seminars, counseling and educational groups, as well as in the traditional one-to-one setting.
Confidential information is never given to anyone without the written consent of the student.
Any student enrolled at Metropolitan State College for at least one course is entitled to all services provided by the Center at no additional cost. Emphasis is placed on helping students with any problem that interferes with achieving success at the College. The student must initiate contact, or be referred by a member of the professional staff of the College, in order to receive assistance.
Most group programs begin at the start of each semester. Please register prior to or during the first week of classes. Students seeking assistance should contact the Center personally to arrange an appointment or to register for one of the programs described below.
The Counseling and Career Development Center is an accredited member of the International Association of Counseling Services, Inc.
COUNSELING FOR EDUCATIONAL AND CAREER PLANNING
Educational Counseling and Study Skills Programs
Ineffective study methods, lack of planning, poor time management, etc., often lead to failure in college. The Center provides assistance for a variety of educational problems including lack of concentration, motivation, test anxiety, goal setting, test taking, etc.
Seminar for Returning Students
Designed to ease the readjustment to an academic situation for students who have interrupted their education. The Counseling Center works closely with the Skills Center which provides tutorial assistance.
Credit-by-Examination Programs The College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) is managed by the Counseling Center. See Academic Information section of this Bulletin for details about CLEP and other credit-by-examination programs.
Improvement of Study Skills Class A two-credit hour course (Reading 102). Focus is on skill building in areas such as studying effectively, making the most of available time, taking worthwhile notes, improving concentration, and taking tests. Includes discussions about goal setting, anxieties about tests and speaking in class, organization, and motivation, etc.
Career Information Library
Contains information on employment projections, salary surveys, training, and educational programs. Books, pamphlets, college bulletins, etc., are available on career planning and job finding.
Career Planning Workshop
Designed to assist students in focusing on a career that is most relevant to their interests and abilities. Through lectures and discussions, participants will learn practical methods of choosing a career and setting life/or work goals.
Workshop On Alternative Careers Aims primarily at techniques for self-evaluation. Will consider questions such as: Who am I (needs, values, personality traits, life style, etc.)? What needs to be done in the world? How may I set about doing it (e.g. selling my ideas to an employer, obtaining a grant, designing my own business or service)?
COUNSELING FOR PERSONAL GROWTH AND CHANGE
Personal, private, one-to-one help is available in each of the areas described below for those students who do not choose to become a member of a workshop, seminar, or group.
Personal Growth and Development Group
Offers participation in a low-structure group setting designed to develop skills in communicating honestly, directly, and comfortably with other people and to promote personal growth and change through self exploration in a supportive atmosphere. Deals with personal problems such as fears, doubts, frustrations, conflicts about school, job, family, sex, loneliness, dating, etc.
Rational Living Workshop
Provides an opportunity to become acquainted with the fundamentals of Rational Emotive Training and to apply these principles to problem areas specific to each individuals life. The process involves developing an awareness of self and of the emotional self-defeating thought patterns that have been learned. This opportunity to learn effective emotional management and positive behavior skills is provided through discussion, lecture, role playing and group interaction.
Anxiety Reduction Workshops Anxiety is a learned emotional reaction that can be reduced or eliminated entirely by relearning. The Counseling Center utilizes the desensitization technique (i.e., relaxation and counterconditioning) to help eliminate inappropriate anxiety reactions. Four two-hour workshops are required to complete the program.
12


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Womens Group
For the woman who is seeking to learn more about herself and wants to identify and accept her own positive qualities. The group will develop an environment which is supportive of focusing on attitudes and feelings as well as encouraging new modes of behavior.
Marriage Enrichment Group
The primary objectives are to help couples identify and overcome problems, to increase understanding, and to promote a sense of harmony and well-being in the relationship. The participants will include those living together in a husband-wife relationship.
Separation and Divorce Counseling Group
Designed to help people whose marriage has not endured to make the transition from being married to being single again. An intensive group experience that includes both didactic (i.e., educational) and group counseling sessions.
Group Psychotherapy
Designed to assist in resolving personal or interpersonal problems through on-going exploration in a long term group. An evaluation interview prior to entering the group is necessary.
PLACEMENT OFFICE
The Placement Office assists students and alumni of Metropolitan State College in securing employment.
A library of vocational literature is maintained and information is provided regarding supply and demand of personnel, requirements, salaries, trends and other relevant data. Data on graduate school fellowships, assistantships, scholarships, and catalogs are available in this office.
Interview schedules are arranged for prospective employers to meet with interested candidates, and individual notices of job vacancies are mailed to job candidates. The Placement Office also conducts Professional Job-Hunting Techniques seminars periodically throughout each semester. The seminars are open to all individuals seeking to learn or upgrade their skills in finding a career level job.
The Placement Office is responsible for assigning students to part-time positions within the institution on the Federal College Work-Study Program.
HOUSING
Although the college does not operate dormitories, assistance in finding adequate housing in the Denver area can be obtained through listings in the Auraria Student Center.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service is a student fee supported clinic located in the Auraria Student Center, Room 140. Services are provided to MSC students on weekdays and some evenings, during each academic semester. Reduced services are provided during academic breaks.
Care for general health problems, psychiatric assessment and short term treatment, and health counseling and education are provided, primarily on an appointment basis. Appointments may be made on the phone or in person. Students appearing in person at the Student Health Service should allow 20 minutes waiting time in order to speak with a nurse regarding an appointment.
Registered Nurses and Adult Nurse Practitioners provide most of the primary health care. Physicians are available during some hours each day to see the more complex problems. A consulting psychiatrist is also available.
If the Student Health Service is unable to provide the health care that is needed, referrals are arranged to community resources. The student is responsible for any community bills that are incurred.
Students wishing to use the Student Health Service must provide proof of current MSC registration and complete a health questionnaire, which is available at the Health Service. Students who do not comply with these two requirements will be denied service.
STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE
The Student Health Insurance is a "group mandatory with waiver policy which is automatic for all full-time MSC students. The insurance premium for full-time students is included in the student fee assessment each semester. The premiums are paid to an insurance company. The Student Health Service coordinates all insurance claims and forwards them to the insurance company for payment of benefits.
Optional coverage is available for dependents and part-time students who are enrolled for six or more semester hours. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first two weeks of each semester.
The policy is in effect 24 hours a day in the United States and Canada and covers the period of time from the first day of classes of the semester to the first day of classes of the following semester. The policy provides coverage for hospitalization or accidents. Free insurance brochures listing other benefits, as well as insurance claim forms and information, are available at the Student Health Service. The group policy number is G 3392.
ARMY RESERVE OFFICERS
TRAINING CORPS
Students at Metropolitan State College may register and attend Army Reserve Officers Training Corps (AROTC) classes at the University of Colorado. Registration must be made on the Boulder campus. Courses are conducted leading to a commission in the Army upon earning a baccalaureate degree. Credit will be awarded by MSC for successful completion of these courses.
(1) Army ROTC offers four-year and two-year college programs. The four-year program consists of a basic course and an advanced course. The basic course, taken in the freshman and sophomore years, provides instruction in the fundamentals of leadership and management with emphasis on leadership development.
(2) The advanced course is an elective and is normally taken in the junior and senior years. Students who have demonstrated a potential for becoming officers are selected for this instruction, which includes advanced leadership and management, the theory and dynamics of the military team, and the development of students abilities to think creatively and to speak and write effectively.
For further information, contact:
Dean of Student Services Metropolitan State College Telephone: 629-3077, or Professor of Military Science Army ROTC
Folsom Stadium, Gate 5, Room 216 University of Colorado Boulder, Colorado 80302 Telephone: 492-6497
AIR FORCE RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS
Students at Metropolitan State College may register and attend Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) classes at the University of Colorado. Reg-
13


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
istration must be made on the Boulder campus. Courses are conducted leading to a commission in the Air Force upon earning a baccalaureate degree. Effective credit for successful completion of these courses is provided by Metropolitan State College.
(1) Four-year programs are available to students with a minimum of 8 semesters remaining at Metropolitan State College. Application for these programs should be made during Fall registration at the University of Colorado (Boulder campus) after consultation with the Professor of Aerospace Studies, University of Colorado.
(2) The two-year program is available to students with at least 4 semesters of work remaining at Metropolitan State College. Applications are accepted between November 1 and March 15.
For further information, contact:
Dean of Student Services
Metropolitan State College
Telephone: 629-3077, or
Professor of Air Force Aerospace Studies
Air Force ROTC Detachment 105
Folsom Stadium, Room 223
University of Colorado
Boulder, Colorado 80302
Telephone: 492-8351
CREDIT FOR MILITARY SERVICE SCHOOLS
Veterans with one year of continuous active military service who have been honorably discharged should request an evaluation for credit from military service schools. Military service schools are evaluated according to American Council on Education recommendations for credit comparable to MSC coursework. Service schools should be clearly documented on the Form DD214, which is to be presented to the Office of Admissions and Records.
STUDENT CENTER
The Auraria Student Center, serves as the location for out-of-class activities and services for Metropolitan State College students. The Center, shared by the students of the three institutions on Auraria, contains a bookstore, student activities offices, cafeteria, rath-
skellar, game room, meeting and conference rooms, MSC Health Center and a variety of lounges for study and relaxation. The Center also contains the Commuter Center, which lists available housing and public transportation information. The Student Center is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreational activities of the college community. The Student Center is located at 10th Street and Lawrence Street.
CHILD CARE CENTER
Metropolitan State College is participating in the newly developed Auraria Child Care Center. This facility is shared with the University of Colorado at Denver and the Community College of DenverAuraria campus and is licensed for 150 children per hour. Since student parents use the Center on a part-time basis while they are attending classes or studying, children from as many as 400 families can be served.
The Program is child-centered, providing for individual ages, needs, and interests through a comprehensive range of activities. An important objective of the Center is to develop competent and creative young children who are continually learning to cope effectively with themselves, peers and adults, and the environment. While the curriculum is to be geared for children between the ages of one to six years, provisions can and are made for children up to twelve years of age.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Metropolitan State College's Office of Student Activities offers movies, dances, leadership development programs, lectures series, art shows and a miriad of other co-curricular activities for the students of Metropolitan State College.
In addition to providing social, cultural and recreational activities, the Office of Student Activities encourages and supports the development of a wide range of professional, social, academic honorary, and special interest student organizations.
The Office of Student Activities is on the first floor of the three-story Student Activities Center wing of the Auraria Student Center. The Activities wing houses the clubs and organizations of the three Auraria institutions, the three student newspapers and the administrative offices of the Student Activities staffs of the three Auraria institutions.
14


CENTER FOR COMMUNITY SERVICES
CENTER FOR COMMUNITY SERVICES
The Center for Community Services sponsors a variety of community oriented and community based programs providing educational and assistance services in the metropolitan area. They include the coordination of extended campus offerings, both credit and non-credit; the furnishing of experimental opportunities related to academic programs; and the provision of educationally related services in assisting in the search for solutions to community problems. Center activities respond whenever possible to documented community needs and demonstrate the Colleges commitment to fulfilling its role and mission as a comprehensive, urban-oriented institution.
EXTENDED CAMPUS CREDIT PROGRAM
The ECCP coordinates class offerings throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Courses usually correspond to or parallel Bulletin listings and are authorized through and taught by the appropriate College departments.
Classes carry full credit and are identical in their standards to those held on campus. Standard tuition charges apply. Classes are open to regular MSC students as well as interested community members.
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
The Cooperative Education Program provides participating students with on-the-job experience and training related directly to their chosen academic field. The Cooperative Education experience integrates career and academic pursuits through off-campus internship placements on an alternating semester, part-time, or full-time basis. The Cooperative Education staff works closely with students, employers, and faculty members.
LEARNING FOR LIVING
Learning for Living is a year-round program of noncredit classes and workshops for adults who wish to continue to learn for professional or personal growth. There are no grades, tests, or prerequisites.
Convenient locations, qualified faculty, and a variety of programs, formats, and time schedules have contributed to the programs popularity. Special programs include Lunch and Learning and "Freedom After Fifty.
Programs for businesses, organizations or agencies can be designed for executive or staff development or to meet special needs and interests.
Offerings are open to all persons regardless of previous education or experience. Certificates of Completion or Continuing Education Units (CEUs) may be granted upon student request at the completion of non-credit learning experiences.
UNIVERSITY YEAR FOR ACTION
The University Year for Action program is multidisciplinary and is designed to provide undergraduate professional education for men and women who wish to prepare themselves for leadership and administrative positions in community-based, small, non-profit, service agencies and organizations. The program is also available to individuals already in leadership and administrative positions in community service agencies.
TITLE I PROGRAM
(Higher Education Act of 1965)
Title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 sponsors projects in the area of community service and continuing education that are consistent with the approved Title I State Plan. Projects relate to meeting identified community needs and assisting in the solution of community problems. Activities developed and supported at the College have included the following projects:
Metro Volunteers:
A clearinghouse service supplying approximately 50 human service agencies with from 150 to 200 student volunteers from a variety of departments each semester.
Metro Seniors:
a. SCRIBES: A literary and information magazine written by and for older persons in cooperation with the Department of English, several seniors centers and numerous nursing homes, and high rises.
b. New Audiences Heritage Project: A cultural heritage project involving Spanish surnamed seniors in the Barnum area of Southwest Denver.
c. Barnum Community Development: A project involving older persons and active seniors groups in an effort to better meet the needs of neighborhood residents.
Fall Film Montage:
In cooperation with the Denver Public Library. A film series, discussions, and special events in the arts, designed to facilitate communication among persons of diverse age, race, and backgrounds.
National Chicano Health Organization,
MSC Chapter, Preventive Health Care Educational Project:
Pulmonary and blood pressure screenings with referral if necessary. Services are delivered by trained students in Chicano neighborhoods.
Five Points Community Center:
Assistance in organizing community information, problem solving, and development of intern programs to assist the Center's programs.
Westside Community Development:
Working with Westside community groups and University of Colorado-Denver toward the establishment and implementation of a Community Center specializing in community development assistance and urban design.
METRO COLLEGE FOR LIVING
College for Living is a survival and living skills program for developmentally disabled adults. MCL has grown from sixteen students and five volunteer teachers in 1974 to 200 students and 35 MSC student teachers each semester. The program is currently funded by HEW, Office of Education, and has been duplicated at four other colleges in Colorado. Certificates of Completion or Continuing Education Units, (CEUs) may be provided upon request of students at the completion of a non-credit learning experience.
SPEAKERS RESOURCE CENTER
The Speakers Resource Center provides speakers upon request to clubs, organizations, schools, and citizens' groups in the metropolitan area. The faculty and staff members offer their services without charge.
15


CENTER FOR EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES
CENTER FOR EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES
The Center for Experimental Studies was established to stimulate and coordinate various innovative programs and approaches that cannot be accommodated through the Colleges regular curriculum. The emphasis is on innovative programs, particularly those that are designed to serve the unique needs of urban students. Encouragement is given to all departments of the College to develop and implement non-traditional, innovative, and experimental courses and methods of instruction. After experimentation, these courses and methods may become a regular part of the College curriculum.
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
The Academic Advising Center coordinates academic advising and related academic matters in the nine Schools and Centers of Metropolitan State College. The Center is directly responsible for providing advising services, such as recommending course selections and providing basic information on all the majors and minors offered at MSC to those students who have not yet decided on a field of study. The Center assists those students who enter the College on academic probation and those whose cumulative grade point average falls to less than a "C."
The Advising Center also serves as a central referral facility where any student or prospective student may obtain information on many of the services and programs available at MSC. It is staffed by professional academic advisers and operates year round.
CONTRACT MAJOR/MINOR PROGRAM
The Contract Major/Minor Program is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with a Contract Major/Minor Advising Committee to enable the student to attain a specific educational or career objective which cannot be satisfied by any existing major and/or minor program.
For further information contact the Dean of the Center for Experimental Studies.
EPIC (EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM FOR THE INNER CITY)
EPIC offers an educational oportunity to marginal skid row men and women that is characterized by interaction with an educational and social context which embodies more normative expectations than have previously been part of their life-style.
HIGH SCHOOL UPWARD BOUND
The program is designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary to succeed in education beyond high school for youth from low-income families who have academic potential but who have inadequate secondary school preparation. The program provides intensive instruction in basic academic skills such as reading, writing, and mathematics. A comprehensive counseling and enrichment program, for the purpose of developing creative thinking, effective expression, and positive attitudes toward learning, is also part of the support program. The students are recruited at the beginning of their junior year in high school from four target area high schools located in Denver County.
OFFICE OF JOB DEVELOPMENT
The MSC Job Development Office serves the entire student body, but particularly the veteran. The primary purpose is to provide an employment development center for those seeking part-time and fulltime employment. Related services, such as employ-
ment counseling, interview and resume preparation, and allied agency referrals are offered.
OFFICE OF VETERANS AFFAIRS
The Office of Veterans Affairs is a federally funded program designed to provide student veterans with a variety of services" including enrollment certification, assistance with problems on VA checks, counseling assistance, remedial instruction, and tutorial services. The OVA also coordinates the activities of the Veterans Assistance Center, Office of Job Development, Servicemens Opportunity College, and Project Ahead, (see separate descriptions of these programs.)
OPEN DOOR
The Open Door Program offers to the ex-offender financial aid and specialized counseling and assistance in re-socialization. The program is staffed by persons having a background in the field who are familiar with the difficulties the emerging ex-offender will encounter. The staff is also available for presentations on problems of the ex-offender.
PROJECT AHEAD
Project Ahead is a program designed to enable new volunteers in the U. S. Army to coordinate their academic activities while in the service. For more information, contact the Office of Veterans Affairs or a U. S. Army Recruitment Office.
SERVICEMENS OPPORTUNITY COLLEGE
Metropolitan State College has received recognition as a Servicemens Opportunity College. Further information can be obtained from the Director of the Office of Veterans Affairs or the Director of Admissions.
SPECIAL SERVICES PROGRAM
The purpose of Special Services at Metropolitan State College is to provide educational assistance for selected students who, because of financial and/or other circumstances, may otherwise be denied a chance for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual need. Communications skills courses for college credit, coupled with tutorial assistance, will provide the Special Services student with the tools to participate in higher education. Other supportive services include counseling, testing, assistance with financial aid forms, transportation, and, when possible, social and cultural events to make the student feel a part of Metropolitan State College.
SHORT TERM INNOVATIVE PROGRAMS
The general mission of this program is twofold: to provide faculty the opportunity to experiment with new instructional techniques and to give the College a setting in which to develop and model new experimental programs. Some experiments that have been developed under STIP auspices in the last three years have been: University Year for Action, Urban Interface (a "street" course), the Education Program for the Inner City, PSI courses (based on the Keller Plan), other forms of Adaptive Self-Paced Learning, the College for Living, computer-assisted instruction, services to the handicapped, Special Services for the Disadvantaged, and courses based on Piagetian principles of learning.
Once these experiments have demonstrated their effectiveness they are moved to other Schools or Centers of the College on a permanent basis. The
16


CENTER FOR EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES
ultimate purpose of STIP is to provide better educational experiences for the diverse students who are attracted to Metropolitan State College.
SKILLS REINFORCEMENT CENTER
The Skills Reinforcement Center provides academic support services to MSC students at all levels, from basic skills development to upper division courses. The Center is dedicated to gathering knowledge about adult learning techniques and helping adults enhance their academic success strategies.
Tutorial Program: Either long-term or drop-in tutoring is available to students in most subjects. Skills Center tutors are recommended by professors as capable students in their major field of study and are then trained and supervised by the Center. This tutorial assistance is free to MSC students.
Placement Testing and Individualized Programs: For some students, formal or informal diagnosis of academic strengths and weaknesses can be the first step in selecting regular academic courses in which they will encounter success experiences. The Skills Center can determine an individuals academic strengths and weaknesses and help map out an individual self-help program based on the student's own learning pace.
Study Skills Development: The Skills Center staff will assist students in developing study skills essential to a successful college career. These skills may be acquired by enrolling in courses for humanities credit or by working individually, guided by a tutor. Study skills courses include phonics (word attack) for college students, spelling improvement, memory and test taking, communication skills, and listening and notetaking.
Exceptional Student Center: The Exceptional Student Resource Center provides a meeting and study room for all exceptional students. It also houses the Braille dictionaries and equipment. In cooperation with the Exceptional Students Center, the Skills Center provides help to special students in the form of recorded texts, readers, walking companions, tutors, and registration aides.
VETERANS ASSISTANCE CENTER
The general purpose of the VAC is to help the veteran. Specific referral services include: counseling (personal, social, testing, etc.); tutorial help (Skills Reinforcement Center, G.l. Bill, tutorial assistance, and departmental assistance); academic assistance (special reading classes, orientation, seminars); and other appropriate services (employment, housing, financial, academic, on-the-job training, child care, transportation, food stamps, etc.).
VETERANS UPWARD BOUND
Veterans Upward Bound at Metropolitan State College is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate Vietnam era Veterans to use their VA benefits in pursuit of personal career goals through higher education.
Veterans Upward Bound provides remedial and tutorial help so that survival in academic or voca-tional/technical programs is maximized. This is done during a 10-week bridge term called "Basic College. Ancillary services such as career counseling, financial aids advisement, psychological counseling, and job placement are also provided the participant.
17


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
The College operates on the semester system with each semester during the academic year consisting of fifteen weeks of instruction. Running concurrently with the fifteen-week courses will be a limited number of five-week courses, or modules, scheduled to begin on the first, sixth and eleventh week of the fifteen-week semester. During any fifteen-week semester, students may enroll in fifteen-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both, as long as the limitations outlined under "Course Load" are not exceeded.
The College also offers a ten-week summer term during which students may enroll for either ten-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both. The course load restrictions are the same as during the regular academic year.
Classes are scheduled during the day and in the evening in order to accommodate people who are employed. Enrollment can be on a full-time or part-time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a baccalaureate or associate degree, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning about particular areas of interest for cultural or intellectual reasons.
ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION
Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College should review the College's admission requirements. Students must be accepted for admission in order to be eligible for degree programs.
All continuing students in good standing at Metropolitan State College are eligible to register each semester.
A student may maintain the status of continuing student while absent from the College; however, following two full semesters of absence, the student should review his status with the Office of Admissions and Records to determine whether an updated application for readmission will be required.
A student may register for classes in one of two ways: (1) By mail approximately eight to ten weeks prior to the beginning of the semester; or (2) by direct computer registration during the two weeks just prior to the beginning of classes. Information on the registration procedure is published in the Class Schedule which is sent to all continuing students. See the College Calendar in this Bulletin for registration periods during the 1977-1978 and 1978-1979 academic years.
Registration procedures for five-week modules are described in the class schedule.
UNLIMITED EDUCATION PROGRAM
Students may enroll in College courses without having been admitted to the College. The Unlimited Education Program is designed for students who wish to enroll for an occasional course, but who are not interested at the time in pursuing a college degree. Unlimited Education students may enroll for up to six semester hours of credit in any one semester. A record of Unlimited Education grades is maintained by the Office of Admissions and Records. A limit of 30 semester hours of successfully completed course work may be applied toward regular degree requirements following formal admission to the College.
COMMUNITY OUTREACH PROGRAMS
For information on Cooperative Education, Extended Campus Credit Program, and Learning for Living Programs, see the Community Services Section of this Bulletin.
CREDIT FOR LIFE EXPERIENCE
The Credit for Life Experience Program is a mechanism for evaluation and awarding college credit for experiential learning not sponsored by the College. For example, the College may award credit for skills developed during full-time employment. Students, in consultation with sponsoring advisors, submit applications to appropriate departments. Credits are awarded on the basis of careful evaluation of student portfolios prepared to document the learning as well as the content, quality, and quantity of the learning experiences.
Students participating in this program are subject to all degree requirements such as basic studies, resident hours, etc., as outlined in this Section. Life Experience credits are not applicable toward residence requirements. Credits approved by departments must bear some reasonable relationship to the academic course offerings within the department, and duplicate credit will not be awarded. The number of credits will be recommended by the departments and must receive final approval by the Life Experience Committee. In all cases, however, the student must complete 30 semester hours in residence, of which at least eight semester hours must be Upper Division courses for the major and four semester hours of Upper Division courses for the minor.
Life Experience credits are viewed as examination types of credits, and a student may earn up to a total of 60 semester hours of credit toward degree requirements through any combination of Life Experience credits; College Level Examination Program (CLEP), subject matter and general; Advanced Placement; and Institutional Credit by Examination. Credit awarded through CLEP may not be duplicated by Life Experience credits. Credits are recorded on the transcript by department and course number; however, no letter grades are given for Life Experience credits. Students are advised when applying for credit that some institutions do not accept transfer credits which do not Include letter grades. Credit will be posted for regular, degree-seeking students who have completed eight semester hours of credit at MSC.
The College will assess a fee of one-half the part-time student tuition rate per semester-hour equivalent for Credit for Life Experience.
SEMESTER HOURS CREDIT
Course credit is based upon units designated as "semester hours." One semester hour represents one class period of fifty-five minutes per week for fifteen weeks and normally about two hours per week of preparation by the student outside of class. Laboratory courses give one semester hour of credit for each two to four hours of scheduled work in the laboratory during a week.
COURSE LOAD
The normal course load per fifteen-week semester is fifteen or sixteen semester hours. Students who are academically strong may take up to eighteen semester hours during Fall and Spring Semesters. Students with cumulative grade point averages of 3.25 or higher may take nineteen or twenty semester hours, and those with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher may take twenty-one semester hours. Authorization for overloads without these grade point average minimums or for more than twenty-one semester hours of course work is only given by the Academic Standards Committee following a successful formal appeal prior to the beginning of the semester.*
For information on the charge per credit hour in excess of 18 refer to page 11.
18


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Students may enroll for combinations of fifteen-week, ten-week (summer only), and five-week courses as long as the credit load does not at any time exceed 1.2 credits per week.
COURSE NUMBERS, DESCRIPTIONS,
AND OFFERINGS
Before starting registration, students should study the list of courses for information on the level of instruction, credit, course sequence, content, and prerequisites.
The first digit in a course number designates the level of instruction. Only courses numbered 100 or above will be included in credits toward a degree. Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 through 299 primarily for sophomores, 300 through 399 primarily for juniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although normally a student should not take courses above the level of his class (based upon semester hours earned), he may do so at one level above if he has the specified prerequisites. In special cases, a student may be permitted to take courses more than one level above that designated for his class if, in addition to meeting the requirements for prerequisites, he obtains the permission of his advisor and of the faculty member teaching the course.
After each course number is a figure specifying the semester hours of credit. As an example, English 101-3 is a three-credit course. Following the course title is a second set of numbers in parentheses indicating the division of time between lecture and laboratory. The first number in parentheses indicates the number of lecture or discussion hours and the second number indicates the number of laboratory, shop, or field hours. For example, in a science course followed by (3+4), the numbers indicate three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory.
Course descriptions provide a summary of the content of the course. If there is a prerequisite which must be met before a student will be permitted to register for the course, this information is listed at the end of the course description.
A list of all courses, instructors, class meeting times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule which is printed well in advance of the beginning of each semester and is available to all students.
Decisions on which of the courses listed in this Bulletin are taught during the year will be based on predictions of student demand and the amount of funds available.
INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION WITH MSC, COMMUNITY COLLEGE OF DENVER, UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER, AND/OR ARAPAHOE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
Students enrolled at Metropolitan State College may register for courses during the enrolled semester at the Community College of Denver, the University of Colorado-Denver, and/or Arapahoe Community College. Courses taken at these institutions in no way alter existing Metropolitan State College degree requirements, but may apply toward degree requirements at MSC subject to approval by MSC.
Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for courses at these other institutions is available from the Office of Admissions and Records.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Concurrent enrollment differs from inter-institutional enrollment in that the student is currently matriculated and enrolled at two different institutions. Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metropoli-
tan State College and another college at the same time must obtain a letter of permission from the Director of Student Registration of each institution. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of both institutions.
CHANGES IN REGISTRATION
Subject to a $5.00 fee for each class dropped, students enrolled in fifteen-week courses may adjust schedules by dropping and/or adding classes during the first six days of each semester (not including weekends). There will be no charge for classes added to a schedule, and the fee will not be charged for cancelled classes or dropping from a waiting list. No other exceptions will be made.
Students may not initiate registration in fifteen-week classes after the fifth day of classes. Students not dropping a course before the end of the sixth day, who for some reason are unable to complete the course, must make arrangements with the instructor concerning the "notation" or grade that will be submitted at the end of the semester. See the paragraphs on Grades, Course Load, and Class Attendance in this Section
Procedures for adding or dropping a five-week course after the course has begun are described in the current Class Schedule.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a student's absences have reached a point that they jeopardize his success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
If a student anticipates a prolonged absence because of illness, he should contact his instructors, if possible. If he finds that he cannot do this, he should contact the Dean of Student Services who will inform his instructors of the reasons for the anticipated absence.
Whenever an instructor feels that a students absences are interfering with his academic progress, he may submit a letter to the Dean of Student Services informing him of the situation.
ADAPTIVE SELF-PACED LEARNING
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning is a phrase used to describe classes in which the student is allowed to proceed at a pace that is suited to his personal learning needs and learning style. Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semester or module, with the advantage of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed slowly, extending the learning beyond the end of a semester or module, or even two if necessary, without time limitations that might interfere with the mastery of each required skill.
This personalized system of learning relies heavily on learning aids and media so that tutors, student proctors, and faculty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and assistance.
Self-paced courses are identified in the Class Schedule by SP" or "self-paced. Information on the method of instruction and the nature of the program is available in each department. Self-paced courses are optional and are open to all.
Students who do not complete the work of a self-paced course during a semester are given the notation of "NC and must re-enroll in the course in a subsequent semester in order to continue in that course. A letter grade is awarded during that semester when the work is completed satisfactorily.
19


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
EXAMINATIONS IN LIEU OF COURSE REQUIREMENTS
Successful completion of special examinations may be substituted for the completion of course requirements, may permit placement of students in advanced courses, or may be used as the basis for awarding college credit. Several different types of examinations are described below. A student may not earn more than a total of 60 semester hours of credit toward degree requirements regardless of the type of examination for which credit is or has been earned.
Departmental Course Examinations
A department may grant a student credit toward graduation for college courses for which he requests and passes special College examinations. Under this provision, a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit may be obtained. A fee of one-half the part-time student tuition rate will be charged per semester hour credit.
Examinations for credit must be based upon work equivalent to a regular course offered by the College, and the credit granted will be for the corresponding course, provided it is unduplicated in and applicable to the students curriculum. Evidence of work justifying an examination for credit must be presented to the department chairman no later than the third week of classes in a term. Permission for such examination must be secured in advance from the appropriate dean upon the recommendation of the department chairman. Examination for credit will be taken during the first seven weeks of classes in a semester at a time specified by the department, but after the special examination fee has been paid. No examination for credit in a college course may be repeated. A grade equivalent to 2.5 grade points or higher must be attained on the examination in order to receive credit, but credits so earned for the course will be recorded without grade reference on the student's permanent record. No record of failures on such examinations will be entered on the student's permanent record.
No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good standing in a degree-seeking curriculum in the College, or, having been in residence, is within twelve credit hours of completing degree requirements. No credit by examination can be obtained for college courses attended as a listener, visitor, auditor, or as a regular student. These examinations cannot be taken by students who have received credit for more than one semester of work in the subject in advance of the course for which the examination is to be taken. These examinations cannot be taken to raise grades or to remove failures. They are not considered as interrupting residence nor applicable toward residence requirements. Credits by examination will be posted on the student's permanent record after completion of eight semester hours of classroom credit.
Attainment Examinations
Any student may take attainment examinations in certain departments for the purpose of waiving specific graduation requirements. Passing such an examination, although not reducing the number of credits required for graduation, entitles the student to substitute a subject of his own choice for the required subject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the course.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
The College Entrance Examination Board has developed a series of examinations designed to evaluate nontraditional college-level education, specif-
ically including independent study and correspondence work, and to award credit for successful demonstration of this knowledge. This series of examinations, known as the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), consists of five separate examinations covering the areas of English, Humanities, Mathematics, Natural Science, and Social Science-History. Based upon results of these examinations, the College may award up to a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit in the freshman general studies requirements areas. Thus, the successful student may test out of most of the traditional courses required during the freshman year.
A subject series of examinations which apply to specific College courses is also available. Thirty semester hours of credit may be awarded in this program, making a total of 60 semester hours of credit obtainable under a combination of the two series of examinations.
CLEP scores transferred from another institution will be reevaluated according to MSC CLEP standards.
Interested students should contact the Office of Counseling and Career Development for complete information about this program before registration.
Advanced Placement
Students who have performed satisfactorily in special college-level courses while in high school, and who have passed appropriate Advanced Placement Examinations conducted by the College Entrance Examination Board, may submit the results to the Office of Admissions and Records for consideration for college credit. This office, in consultation with the appropriate department chairman, determines the amount and nature of the credit and/or advanced placement granted.
FINAL EXAMINATIONS
It is the general policy of the College to require final examinations of all students in all courses in which they are registered for credit, with the possible exception of seminar courses or special projects.
GRADES
Alphabetical grades and status symbols used at Metropolitan State College are as follows:
A Superior..............4 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
B Above Average.........3 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
C Average...............2 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
D Below Average
but Passing...........1 quality point per
semester hour attempted.
FFailure.................0 quality points per
semester hour attempted.
NC No Credit
S Satisfactory (Limited to Student Teaching)
P Pass
The No Credit (NC) notation is not a grade. It may indicate withdrawal from the course, a request at registration for no credit, or may be assigned when a student was unable to take the final examination and/or did not complete all of his out-of-class assignments due to unusual circumstances such as hospitalization. No credit, due to incomplete work, must be completed within one calendar year or earlier, at the discretion of the faculty member. The notation has no effect on the grade point average.
The NC notation may also be used in self-paced courses to indicate that the student and/or the faculty have decided to extend the student's exposure to
20


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
the course in order to increase the student's proficiency. In order to earn credit, the student must reregister for the course in a subsequent term.
The following minimal requirements shall be required throughout the College and shall be a part of all school/center, departmental, or individual policies:
1. The NC notation shall be available to students in all instances through the third week of classes of each term.
2. During the last week of a term, requests by students for an NC notation in a given course shall not be granted. The NC (incomplete) notation may be used during this period provided the conditions specified above apply.
3. A written policy statement describing the use of the NC notation shall be given to each student for each class in which he enrolls.
4. Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a student's absences have reached a point that they jeopardize his success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
Additional requirements for an NC notation may be set by each school/center, department, and/or faculty member. School/center policies shall supersede departmental policies; either school/center policies or departmental policies shall supersede individual policies.
A student receiving a final grade of "F may secure credit for the course by repeating it with a passing grade. Full tuition and fees will be charged for each registration. Students must notify the Office of Admissions and Records that the class has been repeated with a passing grade in order that the student's record may be adjusted. The "F grade is changed to an "NC1' when the repeated course carries the same title, course number, and credit hours.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
A transcript is a certified copy of a students permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance. Copies are available at $1.00 each. Transcripts will be released by the Office of Admissions and Records upon formal written request by the student. Transcripts will also be issued to firms and employers if written authorization is received from the student. Requests should include the student's full name as recorded while attending MSC, Student Identification Number, last term of attendance, number of copies desired, and to whom and where transcripts are to be sent. Transcripts may be withheld because of indebtedness to the College or for other appropriate reasons. Certified true copies of transcripts from other institutions which are on file in the Office of Admissions and Records will be issued upon signed, notarized request by the student. A charge of $1.00 per copy page is assessed for this service. Students from other institutions who concurrently enroll at MSC must request transcripts from the home institution for courses taken at MSC.
PASS-FAIL OPTION
The pass-fail option encourages the student to venture out of his major and minor fields and thereby broaden his educational experience. The Pass" grade has no effect on the grade point average; the Fail grade is equivalent to the grade of F. A no credit (NC) notation may not be recorded for a pass-fail course.
Students who have taken at least one course at MSC and have at least a 2.00 grade point average may choose to be evaluated for a certain course
on a pass-fail basis rather than by letter grade. Self-paced courses may not be taken under the pass-fail option. Pass-fail courses may apply to the general studies, major, minor, and teacher certification requirements; however, academic departments may exercise discretion as to the application of pass-fail credits toward major, minor, and certification requirements. Maximum graduation credit for these ungraded courses is eighteen credit hours, earned in no more than six courses, limited to one course per semester.
A student must declare interest in the pass-fail option no later than the first class day of the semester or module by contacting the Office of Admissions and Records. If the student exercises the option and later is declared ineligible, he receives notification from the Office of Admissions and Records during the semester that he will receive letter-grade recording in the course.
Some institutions do not accept credits for courses In which a Pass" grade is given under policies stated above. Therefore, students who plan to transfer or take graduate work may wish to ascertain in advance of registering for courses under the pass-fail option whether the institution of their choice will accept credits for courses in which they receive a "Pass grade.
QUALITY POINTS
The number of quality points awarded for a course is determined by multiplying the number of credit hours for that course by the quality point value of the grade received. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the total by the number of credit hours attempted.
To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must, in addition to meeting other prescribed requirements, have a minimum number of quality points equal to twice the number of credit hours attempted. The notations NC, S, and P have no effect on the grade point average.
REQUEST FOR CHANGE IN GRADE
If a student has reason to question the validity of a grade received in a course, he must make his request for a change before the end of the third week of the semester following the completion of the course the following Autumn Semester in the case of the preceding Spring Semester.
Requests for reconsideration of awarded grades should be made directly to the instructor. Should no resolution be possible between the student and the instructor, the matter may be appealed to the department chairman and then to the dean.
ACADEMIC SUSPENSION POLICY
In keeping with the goals and objectives of Metropolitan State College, a probation-suspension policy has been adopted which allows most students three semesters to adjust to the academic requirements of college. The policy further provides for the suspension of those students who are not prepared for successful college work.
A cumulative grade point average of C (2.00) or better indicates satisfactory progress toward a degree. A cumulative grade point average of less than C indicates unsatisfactory progress and will result in a warning, probation, or suspension.
A student is expected to maintain a C average to qualify for graduation. When a student falls below a "C average and becomes deficient in quality points, he will be placed on warning subject to decreasing this deficiency each semester until satisfactory progress is indicated.
A student in a warning status will be contacted by
21


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
the Academic Advising Center. It is especially Important that students contact the major advisor or, if undecided as to major, the Academic Advising Center immediately following notification of warning status.
Since Metropolitan State College recognizes each student has different strengths and weaknesses which are not totally identified by a grade point average, either of these offices may make recommendations concerning a student's retention even though the grade point average may be somewhat below satisfactory. The College, therefore, strongly urges every student placed on warning status to contact either his major advisor or the Academic Advising Center.
Students failing to reduce the quality point deficiency after having been placed on warning status will be subject to review by the appropriate subcommittee of the Academic Standards Committee for possible suspension due to unacceptable academic progress. If the student is readmitted, he will be required to reduce his deficiency each semester until satisfactory progress is achieved.
A student who has been admitted on probation or warning will have his status changed when he has attempted a minimum of twelve semester hours and maintained at least a C" average, or the GPA stipulated at the time of admission, for all course work attempted at Metropolitan State College. A student admitted on probation or warning will be reviewed for possible suspension when his cumulative average falls below C regardless of the number of hours attempted. After removal from probation or warning, the student will be subject to the standard warning-suspension policy outlined above.
Upon completion of the stipulated suspension period, a student may apply for reinstatement through the Academic Standards Committee. No student may reenter after academic suspension without the written approval of the Academic Standards Committee.
STUDENT CLASSIFICATION
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned: Freshmen fewer than 30; sophomores 30 or more, but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or more.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Metropolitan State College annually recognizes students who show outstanding leadership and service to the College community, excellence in scholastic achievement, and outstanding personal character and integrity.
The Presidents Award is given to one junior or
senior who has excelled in both academics and
service to the College.
The Vice Presidents Award is given to one Associate Degree student who has exhibited superior scholastic ability, personal integrity, and campus leadership.
Outstanding Student Awards are presented to approximately fifteen students each year on the basis of scholastic ability, personal integrity, and campus leadership.
Junior and senior students receiving the above awards are among those selected for publication in Who's Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges.
In addition to annual awards, students with outstanding academic achievements are recognized each spring by being named on Metropolitan State College Honor Lists. The Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who have attempted at least 30 hours and, at the time of the computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of 3.85 or higher. The Vice President's Honor List carries the names of students who have attempted at least 30 hours and, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of between 3.50 and 3.85.
Part-time students are eligible for either of the above honors. The time of computation will occur first when they have completed between 30 and 60 hours, second when they have completed between 60 and 90 hours, and finally when they have completed more than 90 hours.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have demonstrated superior academic ability while attending Metropolitan State College. Graduation Summa Cum Laude is awarded to students who rank in the upper five percent of the graduating students within each School or Center and have at least a 3.65 cumulative grade point average. Graduation Magna Cum Laude is awarded to students whose grade point average is between the 85th and 95th percentile of G.P.A. rankings for all graduating students of each School and Center and whose G.P.A. is at least 3.65.*
To be eligible for graduation honors, a student must have completed 50 semester hours at Metropolitan State College prior to the semester when he is due to graduate. Students who have transferred to MSC and who have completed less than 50 semester hours prior to graduation may petition for honors provided their total grade point average for all collegiate institutions attended and their grade point average at MSC are equal to the requirements stated above.
Effective for all students graduating after September 1977.
22


OMNIBUS COURSES
OMNIBUS
The "omnibus" courses listed below are designed to provide flexible learning opportunities. Experimental topics courses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel subjects and current problems. Independent study allows students to investigate problems of special interest. Supervised field study and internships, conducted cooperatively with business, industry, government and other agencies, provide practical on-the-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses should not duplicate that of regular courses listed in the Bulletin. They may be offered by all departments in the College.
A specific course plan for topic and group workshop courses, which covers content and credit hours, must be submitted by an instructor and approved by the chairman of the department or discipline, and dean of the school or center before such a course can be listed in the schedule of classes. These same approvals are required for plans of study which individual students submit for registration in a workshop course (when individualized) or an independent study course.
No more than 30 semester hours earned in all of the omnibus courses will be counted toward meeting degree requirements.
The following course numbers are the same for all disciplines and, when listed in class schedules, registration forms and college records, will carry the prefix of the discipline in which the course is offered.
In addition to prerequisites listed under a course, and the approvals outlined above, other prerequisites appropriate to the study and departmental objectives may be added.
190 (Credit Variable). Topics
An introductory study of selected topics especially appropriate for lower division students.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
299 (Credit Variable). Field Experience/ Internship
A supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the student's major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor.
390 (Credit Variable). Advanced Topics
An in-depth inquiry into selected problems.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
480 (Credit Variable). Workshop
An advanced program of study, often of concentrated nature, designed primarily for students majoring in a particular department or discipline. Involves independent and/or group appraisal and analysis of major problems within a particular area.
Prerequisite: Approval of department.
490 (Credit Variable). Seminar.
Presentations, discussions, reports, and critiques of various problems within the discipline in which the seminar is offered.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
COURSES
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed
5 credit hours). Independent Study
Independent investigation of problems within the area of the students special interest. Restricted to students majoring in the department/discipline offering the course and must be supervised by a faculty member in that department/discipline.
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the department chairman.
499 (Credit Variable). Advance Field Experience/lntemship
An advanced level supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the student's major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Guidelines on Field Experience/
Internship Courses
1. Students must make application for course credit and provide information on background, justification and aims.
2. Applications for 299 or 499 credits will be evaluated by the faculty of the department/discipline in which credit is granted or by a committee of at least two members of the department/discipline; in addition, the department chairman will evaluate the applications. Each application must be approved by both the faculty evaluation group and the department chairman before the student may have credit.
3. The locations, institutions, or businesses proposed by a student, by an instructor or faculty group in an academic department/discipline, or by the department chairman will be evaluated by the members of the department/discipline or by a committee of at least two persons from the department/discipline and the department chairman. After evaluation, the members of the department/discipline or the committee and the department chairman will approve the granting of credit.
4. The approved application will be sent to the approved location, institution, or business.
5. The location, institution, or business approved for the field experience must agree to accept the student, provide learning opportunities, and evaluate his performance.
6. The group which approves the student application will establish the credit to be earned before the course is undertaken; the department chairman will approve the credit. Course credit may vary from one to fifteen hours.
7. At least one hour weekly will be spent in seminar discussion, or in conferences with the field supervisor in the field experience location, or in conferences with the department or departmental committee.
8. The student will make a terminal report evaluating his course; the field supervisor must make an evaluation of the student's performance during the course; and the department/discipline faculty or committee will select a member of the faculty or committee to write an evaluation of the students performance and to assign a letter grade for the course.
23


PROGRAMS OF STUDY AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
PROGRAMS OF STUDY AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The student is responsible for full knowledge of the information provided in this Bulletin concerning regulations and requirements of the College and his program of study.
The instructional program has been organized so that students may work toward one or more of the following objectives: (1) earning an Associate Degree in Applied Sciences in two years; (2) following a curriculum in arts, sciences, or applied sciences to meet requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Science Degree; (3) taking vocational-technical programs, which may or may not involve being a degree candidate, to prepare for careers in fields such as business, health services, public services, and technology; or (4) enrolling for selected courses to improve general education or vocational competency.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DEGREES
To earn a degree, a student must satisfy the course and other requirements for the curriculum under which he is registered and must complete the minimum number of semester hours for each degree (60 for the associate and 120 for the baccalaureate) with a cumulative average of 2.00 or higher.
For degree requirement evaluation purposes, a student may select any Bulletin in effect while the student is continuously enrolled at MSC. A student who interrupts his enrollment for one calendar year or more at any time may select only those Bulletins in effect after his return to the institution. The student must complete the general studies, major, minor, and all other degree requirements as outlined in the Bulletin under which he plans to graduate.
While every effort will be made to provide each student appropriate advice in meeting requirements for graduation and for majors and minors, the final responsibility for meeting these rests with the student. Consequently, the student is responsible for full knowledge of the provisions and regulations pertaining to his program and should seek advice when in doubt. The student should never assume approval to deviate from the stated requirements without a properly signed statement to that effect.
Transfer students especially should become familiar with the requirements of the College, the general studies, and their major (or area of emphasis) and minor areas.
GRADUATION AGREEMENT
The graduation evaluation process is initiated when the student completes the Graduation Agreement. Once the student has received program approval from the major (or area of emphasis) department chairman and the minor department chairman, the student submits his Agreement to the Office of Admissions and Records for final review. After the completion of each subsequent semester of academic work, the student will receive a Graduation Status Report.
The deadline for submitting the Graduation Agreement is the end of the first week of the semester in which the student is eligible to graduate. However, since the student is ultimately responsible tor the success or failure of his program of study, it is advisable to begin the graduation evaluation process at least one year and preferably two years in advance of the semester of graduation. A Graduation Agreement submitted after the deadline will be reviewed for the following graduation date.
After submitting the Graduation Agreement, a student who feels justified in deviating from College academic requirements may appeal to the Academic Standards Committee to request a variance. Petition forms may be obtained from the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs. Valid reasons for the
variances must accompany all petitions and must be signed by the appropriate dean and department chairman.
Diplomas are granted at the conclusion of each of the three semesters for those students who have met all requirements for graduation. A formal commencement ceremony is held at the conclusion of the Spring Semester. Students who officially graduated during any of the previous three semesters are invited but are not required to participate in the Spring Commencement.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL ASSOCIATE DEGREES
To earn an Associate in Applied Sciences, a student must satisfy the following requirements, plus any other stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
1. Complete 60 semester hours with a cumulative average of 2.00 or higher for all Metropolitan State College course work.
2. Complete a minimum of 18 semester hours at Metropolitan State College with the last 9 semester hours applicable to the Associate Degree.
3. Meet the general studies minimum requirements listed below.
4. Earn 15 semester hours stipulated in the field of specialization, at least 9 of which must be earned at MSC.
GENERAL STUDIES FOR ASSOCIATE DEGREES
CATEGORY Semester
Hours
Freshman Composition ...................... 6
Humanities ................................ 3
Science and Mathematics.................... 3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences ......... 3
The specific courses meeting these requirements are listed under the program descriptions for the Schools of Business, Engineering Technology, and Professional Studies. Students planning to continue on toward a Bachelor's Degree may want to exceed these minimums In order to prepare for Bachelors Degree general studies requirements.
4. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher in all courses in the student's area of emphasis.
5. Not more than four semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward an Associate Degree.
With the approval of the dean of the appropriate school or center, variation in Associate Degree course programs may be made to conform with the course requirements of a college or university to which a student plans to transfer. Such a student should be familiar with rules of the institution concerned regarding transfer of credit and courses required under the curriculum in which he intends to major and complete requirements for a baccalaureate or other degree. With regard to Colorado institutions of higher education, the office of the Dean of Student Services has information on recommended programs for students planning to transfer, and advisors will assist them in developing a course plan.
GENERAL STUDIES FOR BACHELOR DEGREES
Candidates for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree are required to meet the general studies distribution requirements listed below. Each of the category requirements may be satisfied
24


PROGRAMS OF STUDY AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
by any course of the subject matter areas. Except for Eng 100, 101 and 102 not more than six semester hours taken in any one department (as indicated by the three-letter course prefix) will apply toward general studies requirements. Each degree candidate must complete English 100 and/or 101 plus English 102, or demonstrate competencies equivalent to the exit levels for these courses. The same course may be used toward meeting requirements in the general studies and the major or minor with the approval of the major or minor department chairman. The credit-value of the course may be considered only once, however, in the upper-division and cumulative credit totals. The Career category is an option within the General Studies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of applicable course work may be applied to the Career category to compensate for less than 10 (but at least 8) semester hours in each of the Humanities, Science and Mathematics and Social/Behavioral Science categories. Students should check for specific general studies requirements stipulated by their major. Specific courses are listed in Afro-American Studies and Chicano Studies because the programs are interdisciplinary.
Credits
Freshman Composition (ENG 100 and/or
101 and 102) .............................. 6
Humanities ................................... 8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 103, 104, 108,
450)
Art
Chicano Studies (CHS 200, 201, 202, 203,
204, 300, 340, 410, 420)
Chinese
English
French
German
Modern Languages
Music
Philosophy
Reading
Spanish
Speech
Science and Mathematics .................... 8-10
Astronomy
Biology
Chemistry
Geography
Geology
Mathematics
Physics
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences .......... 8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 101, 102, 113,
213, 220, 230, 270, 315, 330, 340, 355,
370, 391, 440, 460, 485)
Anthropology
Chicano Studies (CHS 100, 101, 102, 103,
211, 301, 310, 311, 312, 314, 320, 321,
330)
Economics
History
Political Science Psychology Sociology Urban Studies Womens Studies
Career...................................... 0- 6
Accounting
Aerospace
Business Education and Communication
Civil Engineering Technology
Communications
Computer Management Science
Education
Electronics Engineering Technology Finance
Health Care Administration
Health Services
Industrial Education
Journalism
Law Enforcement
Management
Marketing
Mechanical Engineering Technology Nursing
Physical Education and Recreation Quality Assurance Technology Social Welfare
Total Credits 36
REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL BACHELOR DEGREES
To earn a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, a student must satisfy the following minimum requirements, plus any others stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
1. Complete 120 semester hours with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher for all Metropolitan State College course work.
2. Complete at least 40 semester hours in Upper Division courses (300 and 400 level courses).
3. Complete all general studies requirements listed for a degree and major.
4. Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours and at least one subject minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. If a student completes two majors, the second major satisfies the requirements for a minor. Coursework used toward meeting requirements for one major or minor may not be used toward meeting requirements for another major or minor.
Students majoring in art, criminalistics, industrial marketing, music education, music performance, technical management, or any of the programs of the School of Business, or the Departments of Human Services and Industrial Education are not required to complete a minor.
5. Complete all special requirements of a department and school or center.
6. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher in all courses which satisfy the requirements for the major and for all courses which satisfy the requirements for the minor.
7. Complete at least 8 Upper Division (300 and 400 level) semester hours of the major and 4 Upper Division hours of the minor at Metropolitan State College.
8. Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours at Metropolitan State College, Including the last 10 semester hours applicable to the degree.
9. Credit Limitations:
a. Not more than 30 semester hours of omnibus-numbered courses may be applied toward graduation requirements.
b. Not more than 4 semester hours in physical education activity courses will be counted toward a Bachelors Degree for students who are not majoring in Physical Education or Recreation and only 3 of these may be applied to the career category of general studies.
c. Not more than 7 semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a Bachelors Degree for students who are not majoring in Music and only 3 of these may be applied to the humanities category of general studies.
d. Not more than 30 semester hours taken by extension and/or correspondence may be applied toward a Bachelors Degree.
25


PROGRAMS OF STUDY AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
REQUIREMENTS FOR A SECOND DEGREE
Associate Degree
For an additional Associate Degree, the student will complete a Graduation Agreement which will include:
1. A minimum of 8 additional MSC semester hours at MSC and in the department of emphasis.
2. At least two additional semesters In residence.
3. A minimum of 20 semester hours at MSC in addition to the total number of credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
The requirements for the additional degree are determined by the major department and must be consistent with the guidelines listed above. Students planning to work for an additional degree are advised to consult with the new major department.
Bachelors Degree
For an additional Bachelors Degree, the student will complete a Graduation Agreement that will include:
1. A minimum of 8 semester Upper Division hours in the major department and at MSC.
2. The completion of a minor if required for the contemplated degree by the major department.
3. At least two additional semesters in residence.
4. A minimum of 30 semester hours at MSC in addition to the credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
Associate-Bachelors Degree
A student must spend at least 2 semesters and complete a minimum of 20 additional semester hours between the awarding of an associate degree and a bachelor's degree.
26


DEGREES AND PROGRAMS AVAILABLE AT METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE
Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
Metropolitan State College is organized into five schools and four centers. These are listed below with the majors and minors offered by each. Some offer the Associate Degree in Applied Sciences. The curriculum requirements for each of the programs are described under special sections of this Bulletin prepared by each school or center.
Associate Bachelors Degree Degree Minor Major
School of Business
Accounting X X
Business Education and
Communications X*
Computer and Management
Science X
Data Processing X X
Finance X X
Management X X
Manpower Management X
Marketing X X
Office Administration X
Production Management X
Public Administration X
Real Estate X
Systems Management X
In addition to the BS degree major a 3-year specialist degree is offered with options in Executive Secretary, Office Management, and Legal Assistant (Paralegal).
School of Engineering Technology
Civil Engineering Technology X X X
Drafting Engineering Technology X X
Electronics Engineering
Technology X X X
Industrial Marketing X
Mechanical Engineering
Technology X X X
Metallurgy X
Meteorology Technology X X
Power X
Production X
Quality Assurance Technology X X
Surveying X X
Technical Management X
School of Liberal Arts
Anthropology X X
Art X X
Behavioral Science X
Communications X
Communications Multi-Major X
Economics X X
English X X
French X
German X
History X X
Hospitality, Meeting, and Travel
Administration X
Journalism X X
Modern Languages X
Music X
Music Education X
Music Performance X
Philosophy X X
Political Science X X
Psychology X X
Sociology X X
Spanish X X
Speech Communications X X
Speech Pathology-Audiology X
Associate Bachelors Degree
Degree Minor Major
School of Professional Studies
Airframe and Power Plant
Mechanics X
Aviation Electronics X
Aviation Maintenance
Management X
Aviation Management X X
Health Care Management
(Upper Division) X X
Human Services X X
Industrial Education X X
Law Enforcement X X X
Mental Health X
Nursing (Upper Division for
R.N.s) X
Professional Pilot X X X
Social Welfare X
School of Science and Mathematics
Biology X X
Chemistry X X
Criminalistics X
Earth Science X
Geography X
Land Use X
Mathematics X X
Physics X X
Center for Education
Bilingual-Bicultural Education X
Early Childhood Education X X
Elementary Education X
Health and Safety X
Physical Education X X
Reading X
Recreation X X
Special Education X
Teacher Certification:
Early Childhood, Elementary, Thirteen Secondary Fields, and Special Education
Center for Urban Affairs
Afro-American Studies X X
Bilingual Chicano Studies X X
Urban Studies X X
Womens Studies X
Contract Major/Minor Program
The Contract Major/Minor Program Is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with his Contract Major/Minor Advising Committee to enable the student to attain a specific individual career objective which cannot be satisfied by any existing Bulletin major and/or minor programs. It is individualized and planned to meet the specific needs of the student.
For further information, contact the Academic Advising Center or the Dean of the Center for Experimental Studies.
27



SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Richard E. Pasternak, Dean ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS: Accounting and Financial Administration Business Education and Communications Computer and Management Science Management Marketing


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
The curricula of this School are designed to provide the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field of business. The School offers three degrees the Associate in Applied Science, the Three-Year Specialist Degree, the Bachelor of Science.
ASSOCIATE IN APPLIED SCIENCE
Data Processing
The Associate in Applied Science degree is terminal in nature and is designed to provide students with intensive preparation for employment. To be awarded this degree, a student must satisfactorily complete the following list of general studies and business courses:
General Studies
Required Courses Hours
BEC 200 Business Communications ............. 3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro.. 3
ENG 101 Freshman Composition ................ 3
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the
Management and Social Sciences ........... 4
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech
Communication ............................ 3
Total 16
Business Courses
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ......... 3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems .. 3
CMS 210 FORTRAN ............................ 3
CMS 211 COBOL .............................. 3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler ................................. 3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ... 3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems
Analysis and Design ....................... 3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL ..................... 3
CMS314 Advanced Assembler Language ... 3
CMS 315 Programming Small Business
Computers ................................. 3
CMS 316 Programming Language One (PL/1). 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management ........... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ............ 3
Electives selected from courses offered by Computer and Management Science Department ...................................... 6
Total 45
Total Degree Requirement 61
THREE-YEAR SPECIALIST DEGREE
The School of Business also offers a three-year degree with a choice from three options emphasizing specialized areas currently in strong demand. The options take into consideration work experience credit, permit additional specialization and include a field experience requirement for a partial on-the-job training. The student has the opportunity later to obtain a bachelor's degree by completing limited additional requirements.
Students seeking a three-year degree in business for any of the options given below must complete the following general studies requirements:
General Studies
Required Courses
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition .......... 6
Humanities
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech
Communication............................. 3
Elective .................................. 3
Semester
Hours
Science and Mathematics MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the
Management and Social Sciences....... 4
Laboratory Science ......................... 3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro 3
Elective ............................. 3
Career
BEC 200 Business Communications....... 3
Total 28
In addition, all three-year degree students must complete the following abbreviated business core:
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I .......... 3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II ......... 3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report
Writing .................................... 3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems .. 3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ... 3
MGT 221 Business Law I ........................ 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management .............. 3
Total 21
Three-year degree students should choose one of the following options as their major area of interest:
Options
Executive Secretary
Required Courses
BEC 102 Advanced Typewriting ................ 3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines.. 3
BEC 112 Intermediate Shorthand .............. 3
BEC 113 Advanced Shorthand ..................... 3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing .................................. 3
BEC 323 Business Listening Skills............... 3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis .. 3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business...................... 3
BEC 499 Field Experience ....................... 5
MGT 321 Business Law II ........................ 3
MGT 350 Managerial Economics ................... 3
Electives ................................... 6
Total 41
Administrative Ottice Management
Required Courses
ACC 309 Income Tax I ....................... 3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines . 3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing ................................. 3
BEC 323 Business Listening Skills ............. 3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis .. 3
BEC 355 Records Management..................... 3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business..................... 3
BEC 499 Field Experience ...................... 5
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design or
CMS 331 Statistics for Business Research .. 3
MGT 321 Business Law II ....................... 3
MGT 353 Personnel Management or
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior ............... 3
Electives .................................. 6
Total 41
29


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Paralegal
_ Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax I ........................ 3
BEC 224 Legal Office Procedures ............. 3
BEC 302 Legal Research ...................... 3
BEC 323 Business Listening Skills ........... 3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business ............... 3
BEC 499 Field Experience .................... 5
MGT321 Business Law II ..................... 3
MGT 324 Litigation .......................... 3
MGT325 Family Law .......................... 3
MGT 326 Probate Decedents Estates
Wills Trusts ........................... 3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate ........... 3
Electives (Choose a minimum of 6 credits
from the following courses):............ 6
LEN110 History and Administration of Justice .................... 3
LEN 210 Criminal Law and
Procedures .......................... 5
LEN 212 Evidence and Courtroom
Procedures .......................... 3
PSC 221 American State and
Local Government .................... 4
MGT 384 Real Estate Law................ 3
Total 41
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The School of Business offers majors in accounting, business education and communications, computer and management science, finance, management, and marketing. The accounting major is designed to prepare students for a career in public, industrial, or governmental accounting. The business education major prepares students to teach business subjects in public and private junior and senior high schools and junior colleges. The computer and management science major is designed to prepare students for a career in the rapidly expanding field of business data processing and systems design, plus management science. The finance major is designed to prepare students for careers in corporate financial analysis, banking, and the financial health care field. The major in management gives the student specialization in real estate, personnel matters or production. The marketing major prepares students for entry positions in the dynamic areas of retailing, advertising, sales, market research, and marketing management.
In order to be awarded a degree, the student must conform to the College's general specifications for the bachelors degree listed under Programs of Study and Degree Requirements. A summary of the course program which he must complete within the School of Business is as follows:
General Studies ................................. 36
Business Core ................................... 30
Major in School of Business..................... 30
Electives Within the School of Business ....... 12
Electives Outside School of Business ........... 12
Total 120
Semester
Hours
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management
and Social Sciences ...................... 3
Laboratory Science ......................... 3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro 3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro 3
Electives .................................. 3
Career
BEC 200 Business Communications ............ 3
Total 36
Business Core
In addition to the general studies requirement, stu-
dents majoring in any area of business administration must complete the following business courses:
Required Courses:
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I........ 3
ACC 202^ Principles of Accounting II ............. 3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report
Writing ...................................... 3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems .. 3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ... 3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making.......... 3
FIN 430 Managerial Finance I ..................... 3
MGT 221 Business Law I ........................... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.............. 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing .............. 3
Total 30
ACCOUNTING
Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses
ACC 309 Income Tax I ....................... 3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting .................... 3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I........... 3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II ......... 3
Choose nine (9) hours from:
ACC 310 Income Tax II ................... 3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting ........ 3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting .... 3
ACC 409 Tax Procedure and Research .. 3
ACC 410 Tax Planning .................... 3
ACC 420 Auditing ........................ 3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I ........... 3
ACC 452 Advanced Accounting II ......... 3 9
Choose nine (9) additional hours from above, or:
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting
Systems ................................ 3
ACC 460 Contemporary Accounting....... 3
ACC 470 Advanced Problems and
Techniques ............................. 3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business .............. 3
FIN 350 Principles of Finance............. 3
FIN 431 Managerial Finance II .......... 3
MGT 321 Business Law II ................. 3
MGT 495 Business Policies .............. 3 9
Total 30
General Studies
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in accounting, business education and communications, computer and management science, finance, management or marketing must complete the following general studies requirements:
Students who plan to sit for the CPA examination should elect ACC 320, ACC 341, ACC 420, ACC 451, ACC 452, and MGT 321.
BUSINESS EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
ENG 100-102 Freshman Composition ............ 6
Fundamentals of Speech
Communication .......................... 3
Electives ................................ 5
Science and Mathematics ^ MTH4j31 Finite Mathematics for the
Management and Social Sciences........ 4
Humanities ^ SPE 101
Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses
BEC 102 Advanced Typewriting................ 3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis______ 3
BEC 360 Principles of Business Education.... 2
BEC 361 Methods of Teaching Typewriting ... 2
10
30


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Semester
Hours
Students must choose two of the following
teaching specialties** ..................... 16
Bookkeeping and Accounting
ACC 309 Income Tax I .................. 3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I.... 3
BEC363 Methods of Teaching
Bookkeeping and Accounting ............ 2
Consumer Economics and Basic Business BEC366 Methods of Teaching Consumer
Economics and Basic Business .......... 2
BEC402 Ethics in Business............. 3
MGT 495 Business Policies ............. 3
Data Processing
BEC 498 Independent Study Teaching
Data Processing........................ 2
CMS 211 COBOL ......................... 3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems
Analysis and Design ................... 3
Secretarial
BEC 113 Advanced Shorthand ............ 3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing ............................ 3
BEC 362 Methods of Teaching
Stenography ........................... 2
Required Education Courses'"
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban
Secondary Schools ......................... 3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban
Secondary Schools ......................... 2
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner...... 3
EDU 321 Materials and Techniques of
Instruction for Secondary School Teachers.. 3
EDU 322 Field Experiences in Tutoring and
Materials Construction .................... 2
EDU 345 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom ................................. 3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education_______ 2
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar .... 12
Total 30
COMPUTER AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses
CMS 210 FORTRAN ......................... 3
CMS 211 COBOL ........................... 3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design ........................... 3
MGT 495 Business Policies ............... 3
One of the following areas of emphasis must be chosen for an additional eighteen (18) hours: Information System Emphasis CMS 306 File Design and Data Base
Management ........................ 3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware and Software.................. 3
Students desiring to become certified for vocational office occupations programs should select the secretarial as one teaching specialty, and complete three courses in Vocational Education, which are available through extension courses offered by Colorado State University or the University of Northern Colorado.
'Thirteen hours of the required education courses can be considered as general education courses over and above the 36 hours of basic studies requirement.
Due to recent changes in state certification laws, additional courses may be required. Students involved in this major should contact their advisor concerning these changes.
Semester
Hours
CMS 323 Data Communication Systems.. 3
CMS 441 Management Information
Systems ............................... 3
Approved CMS Electives................... 6
18
Management Science Emphasis
CMS 331 Statistics for Business Research 3
CMS 431 Management Science
Techniques ........................... 3
CMS 439 Case Studies in Management
Science .............................. 3
CMS 440 Simulation of Management
Processes ............................ 3
Approved CMS Electives................... 6
18
Computer Systems Emphasis
CMS 214 Fundamentals of
Programming Assembler............... 3
CMS 309 Job Control Language and
Operating Systems..................... 3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer
Hardware and Software................. 3
Approved CMS Programming Language
Electives ............................ 9
18
Semester Hours for area of emphasis chosen.. 18^
Total 30
FINANCE
Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses
ACC 309 Income Tax I ........................ 3
ECO 330 State and Local Financing ........... 3
FIN 350 Principles of Finance ............... 3
FIN 360 Investments ......................... 3
FIN 431 Managerial Finance II ............... 3
FIN 435 Financial Problems and Policy .... 3
MGT 495 Business Policies ................... 3
21
Choose nine (9) additional hours from the following to supplement an area of emphasis:
Insurance
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance....... 3
MGT 345 Life and Health Insurance..... 3
MGT 343 Property and Liability Insurance 3
Real Estate
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate..... 3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance.............. 3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law ................. 3
Financial Management
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I..... 3
MGT 321 Business Law II ................. 3
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance....... 3
Health Care Administration
ACC 440 Accounting for Health Care____ 3
FIN 450 Financial Administration of
Health Care Organizations............... 3
FIN 451 Seminar in Financial Topics for Health Care Administration ............ 3
Investments
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I..... 3
FIN 470 Securities Analysis.............. 3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate..... 3 9
Total 30
31


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Hours
MGT 321 Business Law II .................... 3
MGT 350 Managerial Economics ............... 3
MGT 495 Business Policies................... 3
~9
Students Select One of the Following Areas of
Emphasis:
Insurance
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance............ 3
MGT 343 Property and Liability Insurance.... 3
MGT 344 Life and Health Insurance.......... 3
MGT 345 Social Insurance................... 3
MGT 346 Risk Management.................... 3
Approved Management Electives ............. 6
IT
Management
MGT 353 Personnel Management............... 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations .............. 3
MGT 375 Performance Appraisal ............. 3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior ........... 3
MGT 456 Small Business Management ......... 3
Approved Management Electives ............. 6
IT
Personnel and Manpower Management
MGT 353 Personnel Management............... 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations .............. 3
MGT461 Employee Training and Supervision. 3
MGT 462 Compensation Administration...... 3
MGT 463 Manpower Development .............. 3
Approved Management Electives ............. 6
IT
Production Management
ACC 340 Cost Accounting ................... 3
MGT 355 Production and Operations
Management ............................... 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations .............. 3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management ........ 3
MGT461 Employee Training and Supervision. 3
Approved Management Electives ............. 6
IT
Real Estate
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate.......... 3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance................ 3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law.................... 3
MGT 484 Real Estate Appraisal ............. 3
MGT 485 Commercial and Investment
Real Estate .............................. 3
Approved Management Electives ............... 6
IT
MARKETING
Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses
MKT 301 Marketing Research ................ 3
MKT 310 Retailing .......................... 3
MKT 311 Advertising ........................ 3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior ................ 3
MKT 454 Marketing Theory ................... 3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management. 3
MKT 456 Advanced Marketing Problems...... 3
Plus nine (9) hours of Marketing electives.. 9
Total 30
Minors Offered by the School of Business The minors offered by the School of Business are specifically created for non-business majors. Because prerequisite requirements are involved in each set of
courses, any student minoring in any of the areas below should contact an advisor.
Accounting Minor
The Accounting minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of accounting.
, Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I .......... 3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.......... 3
ACC 309 Income Tax I........................ 3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting ......................... 3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I .......... 3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II ......... 3
Accounting Electives............................. 3
Total 21
Data Processing Minor
The Data Processing minor is designed to give nonbusiness students a career skill in computer programming for business.
Required Courses
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.. 3
CMS 210 FORTRAN ........................... 3
CMS 211 COBOL ............................. 3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler ............................. 3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design ............................ 3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL..................... 3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language .... 3
Total 21
Finance Minor
The Finance minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of finance.
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ........... 3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II........... 3
ACC 309 Income Tax I ......................... 3
FIN 350 Principles of Finance ................ 3
FIN 360 Investments .......................... 3
FIN 430 Managerial Finance I ................. 3
FIN 431 Managerial Finance II ................ 3
Total 21
Management Minor
The Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of business and sufficient familiarity with business skills to work in a business environment.
Required Courses
MGT 221 Business Law I .................... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management .......... 3
MGT 353 Personnel Management............... 3
MGT 355 Production and Operations
Management ............................... 3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior ........... 3
MGT 456 Small Business Management........ 3
Total 18
Manpower Management Minor The Manpower Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of industrial relations in business and government.
Required Courses
MGT 300 Principles of Management ............. 3
MGT 353 Personnel Management................. 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations ................. 3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior .............. 3
32


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Semester
Hours
MGT461 Employee Training and Supervision. 3 MGT 463 Manpower Development .................. 3
Total 18
Marketing Minor
The Marketing minor offers the non-business major an overview and understanding of the functional business area of marketing.
Required Courses
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.............. 3
MKT 301 Marketing Research .................. 3
MKT311 Advertising ......................... 3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior ................... 3
MKT455 Seminar in Marketing Management. 3 Plus three (3) hours of Marketing electives.... 3
Total 18
Office Administration Minor The Office Administration minor attempts to develop a moderate degree of skills while emphasizing promotional possibilities to supervisory and beginning office management positions.
Required Courses
BEC102 Advanced Typewriting ................... 3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines.. 3
BEC111 Beginning Shorthand .................... 3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing ................................. 3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis ... 3
Elective (Select one of the following courses) 3 BEC 112-3 Intermediate Shorthand BEC 323-3 Business Listening Skills BEC 402-3 Ethics in Business
Total 18
Production Management Minor
The Production Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of the production process and managerial functions as they relate to production.
Required Courses
MGT 300 Principles of Management ............ 3
MGT 350 Managerial Economics ................ 3
MGT 355 Production and Operations
Management .................................. 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations ................ 3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management .......... 3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis .............. 3
Total 18
Public Administration Minor The Public Administration minor Is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of managerial functions as they relate to management of government organizations at the local, state, and federal level.
Required Courses
MGT 300 Principles of Management ............. 3
MGT 353 Personnel Management................. 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations ................. 3
MGT 358 Public Administration ................ 3
MGT461 Employee Training and Supervision. 3 PSC 221 American State and Local Government ........................................ 4
Total 19
Real Estate Minor
The Real Estate minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with basic course requirements for GRI, pre-licensing preparation, and required education hours for re-certification.
Required Courses 'Hour
MGT 221 Business Law I ...................... 3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate............ 3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance.................. 3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law...................... 3
MGT 484 Real Estate Appraisal ............... 3
MGT 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate .................................. 3
Total 18
Systems Management Minor
The Systems Management minor is designed to give non-business students a basic understanding of business data processing with particular emphasis on systems analysis and design.
Required Courses
CMS201 Principles of Information Systems.. 3
CMS 211 COBOL ................................ 3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ... 3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design ................................ 3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware
and Software .............................. 3
CMS441 Management Information Systems.. 3
CMS 451 Data Processing Management.......... 3
Total 21
ACCOUNTING
ACC 201-3 Principles of Accounting I (3 + 0)
Fundamental principles of Accounting with emphasis on the double entry system; theory and practice in transaction analysis; familiarization with the basic financial statements.
ACC 202-3 Principles of Accounting II (3 + 0)
Continuation of ACC 201 emphasizing partnerships and corporations. An introduction to branch accounting, cost accounting, and financial statements for management analysis.
Prerequisite: ACC 201.
ACC 209-2 Personal and Small Business Income Taxes (2 + 0)
For non-accounting majors. Enables students to prepare personal federal and Colorado tax reports. Examines the tax implications of different forms of organizations for small businesses. Credit not allowed for both ACC 209 and 309.
ACC 302-3 Managerial Accounting (3 + 0)
For non-accounting majors. Covers cost behavior and control, budgeting, standard costs, analysis of variances. Credit not allowed for both ACC 302 and ACC 340.
Prerequisites: ACC 201 and 202.
ACC 309-3 Income Tax I (3 + 0)
A study of federal income tax laws with an emphasis on personal income taxation, including such topics as gross income, gains and losses, and deductions. Credit not allowed for both ACC 209 and ACC 309. Prerequisite: ACC 202, or permission ol instructor.
ACC 310-3 Income Tax II (3 + 0)
Continuation of ACC 3C9 with an emphasis on the taxation of organizational tax entities, including partnerships, corporations, estates, and trusts.
Prerequisite: ACC 309 or permission of instructor.
ACC 320-3 Governmental Accounting (3 + 0)
Study of the accounting used in a municipality with reference to state and federal governments. Review of municipalities budgets and municipalities annual
33


30L OF BUSINESS
ts. Orientation in the concepts of budgetary con-as a matter of law and public administration
y-
3requisite: ACC 202, or permission of instructor.
D 330-3 Introduction to Accounting ystems (3 + 0)
ysis of principles and types of tools available for gn and implementation of an accounting system rocedure. Case studies are used to illustrate both a| and machine accounting system problems ng in various organizations and situations. erequisites: ACC 202 and CMS 201, or permission istructor.
C 340-3 Cost Accounting (3 + 0)
damentals of cost behavior and analysis including -volume-profit analysis, direct and relevant cost ysis, budgeting, and standard, job order and :ess cost systems. Credit not allowed for both J 302 and ACC 340. rerequisite: ACC 202.
C 341-3 Advanced Cost Accounting 3 + 0)
itinuation of ACC 340. Concepts and procedures licable to cost allocation, capital budgeting, joint ting, and inventory management. Includes per-nance measurement, transfer pricing, and mathe-iical and statistical analysis of cost behavior for itrol and decision-making.
rerequisites: ACC 340, ACC 351, CMS 201, and 'S 332.
)C 351-3 Intermediate Accounting I
(3 + 0)
depth study of basic accounting principles with phasis on current and long-term assets and current oilities.
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
ZC 352-3 Intermediate Accounting II (3 + 0)
ntinuation of ACC 351. In-depth study of basic counting principles with emphasis on long-term bilities, stockholders equity, and special problems. Prerequisite: ACC 351.
CC 409-3 Tax Procedure and Research (3 + 0)
i in-depth study of tax procedure from preparation the various returns to audit by the IRS. Also, the ols used in tax research are explained and illus-ated. A research paper dealing with a major tax oblem is required of each student.
Prerequisite: ACC 310, or permission of instructor.
CC 410-3 Tax Planning (3 + 0)
portion of this course is devoted to the Federal state and gift tax laws with emphasis placed upon ie accountants role in estate planning. The remainder devoted to the various planning techniques which an often be utilized to reduce an individual's per-cnal income taxes.
Prerequisite: ACC 310, or permission of instructor.
vCC 420-3 Auditing (3 + 0) uditing techniques and principles applied by certi-ed public accountants and internal auditors in exam-ig financial statements and verifying underlying data. Prerequisite: ACC 352.
\ survey of fund accounting concepts and procedures or health care organizations, budgeting revenues and ixpenses, and the use of accounting information for lospital management.
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
ACC 451-3 Advanced Accounting I (3 + 0) An in-depth study of accounting for partnerships, consignment sales, installment sales, fiduciary transactions, branches, and foreign currency.
Prerequisites: ACC 351 and ACC 352, or permission of instructor.
ACC 452-3 Advanced Accounting II (3 + 0)
A comprehensive study of business combinations and consolidated financial statements.
Prerequisites: ACC 351 and ACC 352, or permission of instructor.
ACC 460-3 Contemporary Accounting (3 + 0)
Comprehensive coverage of current literature in accounting with emphasis on recent AICPA and FASB publications.
Prerequisites: Senior standing and eighteen (18) semester hours of courses in accounting.
ACC 470-3 Advanced Problems and Techniques (3 + 0)
Provides review and reinforcement of student's accounting training. CPA examination problems are used. Prerequisites: ACC 451 and ACC 452.
FINANCE
FIN 225-3 Personal Money Management (3 + 0)
A study of financial problems and institutions affecting individuals including taxes, borrowing, savings, insurance, investment, and financial agencies.
FIN 350-3 Principles of Finance (3 + 0)
An introductory course surveying the historical, institutional, legal, and theoretical materials dealing with the U. S. financial system. The course acquaints the student with the monetary, banking, and credit system, and the influence of this environment on business. Prerequisites: ACC 202 and ECO 202.
FIN 360-3 Investments (3 + 0)
A survey of the organization and regulation of security markets; security analysis and valuation; and principles of portfolio management from the viewpoint of the individual investor.
Prerequisites: ACC 202 and Junior standing.
FIN 430-3 Managerial Finance I (3 + 0)
A study of the dynamic environment of financial management using the following analytical skills: financial analysis, forecasts, cash and capital budgeting, operating and financial leverage, the cost of capital, and dividend policy.
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
FIN 431-3 Managerial Finance II (3 + 0)
An integrated approach to financial management using case problems to focus on sources of capital; methods of financing growth externally; financial reorganization; and a review of fundamental methods of financial analysis.
Prerequisite: FIN 430.
FIN 435-3 Financial Problems and Policy (3 + 0)
A case study approach to financial decision making. This capstone course deals with financial problems from the real world and trains students to discover problem areas and offer solutions to the cases. Prerequisites: FIN 430 and FIN 431.
FIN 450-3 Financial Administration of Health Care Organizations (3 + 0) Concepts and methods for planning and control of
34


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
health care organizations, including workload forecasting, operations budgeting, and management control systems, capital budgeting and capital financing. Prerequisite: FIN 430.
FIN 451-3 Seminar in Financial Topics for Health Care Administration (3 + 0)
Advanced study of health care financial management topics and strategies relating to rate setting, reimbursement systems, management of capital projects, shared service systems, insurance for health institutions, governmental regulations and current legislation affecting the health delivery system.
Prerequisites: ACC 440, FIN 450, and CMS 332.
FIN 470-3 Securities Analysis (3 + 0)
In-depth study for the student of investments, employing advanced approaches to security valuation and security markets forecasting.
Prerequisite: FIN 360.
BUSINESS EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
BEC 101-3 Beginning Typewriting (3 + 1)
An introduction to keyboard skill development through manipulation, and technique application designed to develop minimum occupational/personal-use skills. No credit allowed lor one year of high school typewriting. A minimum of one laboratory period per week is required.
BEC 102-3 Advanced Typewriting (3 + 1)
An instructional program designed to increase production skills, with business letters, tabulation, manuscripts, numerical proficiency, and legal documents. Selected units are identified self-paced. A minimum of one laboratory hour per week is required of all students.
Prerequisites: BEC 101, or equivalent.
BEC 105-3 Operation of Calculating Machines (3 +1)
Proficiency is developed in the operation of various models of electronic calculators with emphasis on applications for business, statistics, and metrication. Day classes utilize Self-Paced Learning method.
BEC 111-3 Beginning Shorthand (3 + 0)
Shorthand theory and basic skill building in principles dictation and transcription in either Gregg or Landmark systems. No credit permitted students who have completed one year of Gregg shorthand. Gregg classes offered day time Landmark during evenings.
Prerequisite: A minimum of one course in typewriting.
BEC 112-3 Intermediate Shorthand (3 + 0)
Continuation of either Gregg or Landmark shorthand theory with emphasis on speed dictation and transcription.
Prerequisites: BEC 111, or equivalent.
BEC 113-3 Advanced Shorthand (3 + 0)
Continuation of BEC 112, with emphasis on speed dictation and timed transcription of various business and legal communications.
Prerequisites: BEC 112, or equivalent.
BEC 200-3 Business Communications (3 + 0)
Emphasis on the preparation of business letters and related business correspondence. A business level of vocabulary and communications skills are stressed. In addition, business listening skills, dictation, interpersonal communications and interviewing techniques are emphasized.
Prerequisites: ENG 102, BEC 101, or high school equivalent.
BEC 222-3 Office Practices and Word Processing (3 + 0)
Study and practice of duties commonly completed by executive assistants, secretaries, and general office personnel. A major emphasis on the concept of word processing with some orientation to mechanical media in that area.
Prerequisite: BEC 101, or equivalent.
BEC 224-3 Legal Office Procedures (3 + 0)
The knowledge and responsibilities required of a person in the paralegal profession. Special emphasis on the court system, legal documents, legal terminology, laws pertaining to legal assistants and the necessary skills involved in interviewing and investigation.
Prerequisites: MGT 221 and BEC 222.
BEC 301-3 Business Research and Report Writing (3 + 0)
Proper techniques of conducting primary and secondary research. Organization, preparation, and interpretation of data from both descriptive and experimental research designs for informational, examinational, and analytical reports used in business. Prerequisite: BEC 200, or permission ol instructor.
BEC 302-3 Legal Research (3 + 0)
Designed to make paralegals and others reasonably adept at recognizing, finding, and using the most appropriate legal sources for their purpose. It teaches the techniques and methodology for using the standard published legal sources efficiently and effectively. Prerequisite: MGT 221.
BEC 323-3 Business Listening Skills (3 + 0)
Increases comprehension and retention through analysis of listening difficulties, idea identification, emotions, fallacies of reasoning, non-verbal communica-tons, and transactional analysis in business situations. Primary emphasis is on Individual growth.
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.
BEC 354-3 Office Management and Analysis (3 + 0)
Analytical study of the administration of information processing which includes creating, processing, retaining, and distributing information. Conceptualization of what office work is to be done, how it will be accomplished, who will do it, and under what environment, is stressed.
Prerequisite: MGT 300.
BEC 355-3 Records Management (3 + 0)
Study of institutional and legal requirements for accumulating and maintaining business and personnel information. Emphasizes computerized and non-com-puterized systems and efficient management of them. Field studies are a part of the course.
Prerequisite: BEC 354, or permission of instructor.
BEC 360-2 Principles of Business Education (2 + 0)
History of growth, trends, and issues in Business Education today. Consideration is given to research and the individual business teacher's role in the current American educational environment.
Prerequisite: Junior standing, or permission ol instructor.
BEC 361-2 Methods of Teaching Typewriting (2 + 0)
A study of the psychology, current philosophy, and successful methods of instruction in typewriting for developing a desirable occupational and personal-use competence at the high school and junior college levels.
Prerequisite: BEC 102, or permission of instructor.
35


DOL OF BUSINESS
362-2 Methods of Teaching enography (2 + 0)
jdy of the psychology, current philosophy, and sssful methods of instruction in stenography for oping a desirable occupational competence at igh school and junior college levels.
3requisite: BEC 113, or permission of instructor.
J 363-2 Methods of Teaching ookkeeping and Accounting (2 + 0)
udy of the psychology, current philosophy, and essful methods of instruction in bookkeeping and unting at the high school and community college
s.
erequisite: ACC 202, or permission of instructor.
Z 366-2 Methods of Teaching Consumer conomics and Basic Business (2 + 0)
gned to teach prospective high school and comity college business teachers the subject matter, ent, and proper instructional techniques to be i in consumer economics and miscellaneous basic skills business courses.
'erequisite: FIN 225, or permission of instructor.
3 402-3 Ethics in Business (3 + 0)
urvey of the principles of ethics followed by an lication to current business situations and fields, accounting, management, marketing and consu-ism. Representatives from the business world are zed as resource speakers.
rerequisite: MGT 300, or permission of instructor.
>MPUTER AND \NAGEMENT SCIENCE
IS 201-3 Principles of Information Systems (3 + 0)
introduction to business data processing including nputer hardware, computer programming systems tlysis and design, data processing management, nagement science, management information sys-is, and the computer in society.
-IS 210-3 FORTRAN (3 + 0)
computer programming course in which the major rments of the FORTRAN language are taught. Prob-ns selected from business are coded and run on a mputer to familiarize students with program test-; and debugging.
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
MS 211-3 COBOL (3 + 0)
computer programming course in which the major ements of the COBOL language are taught. Problems ilected from business are coded and run on a com-iter to familiarize students with program testing and jbugging.
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
MS 214-3 Fundamentals of Programming Assembler (3 + 0)
itroductory course in computer programming which ses the IBM 370 and its assembly language (BAL) ) develop fundamental concepts. Topics include ystem organization; data representation; use of arithmetic, logical, and editing instructions; and program nalysis and debugging techniques.
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
DMS 231-3 Fundamental Business Statistics (3 + 0)
Organization and presentation of data, basic probability, sampling and sampling distributions, statistical nference, hypothesis testing (includng t, x2, and F distributions), correlation, and regression.
Prerequisite: MTH 132.
CMS 300-3 Computers and Society (3 + 0)
This course will examine the social and economic impact of electronic computers in several environments including government, law, health education, the humanities, science and engineering, and business. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
CMS 305-3 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design (3 + 0)
Systems analysis focuses on the study of existing information systems, problem definition, data collection, and new system requirements. System design focuses on improving the information system selecting alternate solutions, determining the best solution, and documenting that solution.
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
CMS 306-3 File Design and Data Base Management (3 + 0)
The course covers the current status of data base system implementation. Functional characteristics, such as file design, are examined in detail. Guidelines are developed which will aid in evaluation of vendor-supplied data base management systems or specification of an in-house system.
Prerequisite: CMS 305.
CMS 309-3 Job Control Language and Operating Systems (3 + 0)
A continuation of the study of the use of BAL as used in implementation of assemblers, macros, loaders, compilers, and operating systems for the IBM 360/370. Prerequisite: CMS 214, or permission of instructor.
CMS 311-3 Advanced COBOL (3 + 0)
A continuation of CMS 211 with emphasis on business applications involving indexed sequential and random access files. Advanced features of COBOL such as the Report Generator and Sort Verb are studied.
Prerequisite: CMS 211.
CMS 314-3 Advanced Assembler Language (3 + 0)
A computer programming course in which Basic Assembler Language (BAL) for the IBM 370 computer is taught. Topics include a review of computer numeration systems, syntax and elements of BAL, computer program addressability and relocatability, and debugging techniques.
Prerequisite: CMS 214.
CMS 315-3 Programming Small Business Computers (3 + 0)
A computer programming course in which the Report Program Generator (RPG) language is presented. An assembler programming language used by one of the major mini-computers will also be included. Prerequisite: CMS 210 or CMS 211.
CMS 316-3 Programming Language One (PL/1) (3 + 0)
The study of the programming language PL/1 with direct programming experiences.
Prerequisite: CMS 210 or CMS 211.
CMS 322-3 Analysis of Computer Hardware and Software (3 + 0)
A study of various computer systems (both hardware and software) in relation to information system requirements. Comparisons of costs, capabilities, and software support will be made.
Prerequisite: CMS 305.
CMS 323-3 Data Communication Systems (3 + 0)
A study of data transmission; the nature of communication links and the attached hardware; the codes,
36


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
modems, terminals, and methods of line organization; the need for multiplexing and the types of network structures; software; and design techniques. Prerequisite: CMS 322.
CMS 331-3 Statistics for Business Research (3 + 0)
A study of linear and multiple regression, time series forecasting, index number calculation, and analysis. Prerequisite: CMS 231.
CMS 332-3 Quantitative Decision Making (3 + 0)
Designed to develop the students ability to use basic theory and management science techniques. Includes construction of payoff tables, Baysian Statistics, inventory and production control, and linear programming methods.
Prerequisite: CMS 231.
CMS 431-3 Management Science Techniques (3 + 0)
A study of currently used management science techniques including mathematical programming, inventory theory, queueing theory, and production scheduling. Prerequisite: CMS 332.
CMS 439-3 Case Studies in Management Science (3 + 0)
A study of realistic cases in which alternative management science techniques could be applied. (This course will Include use of available computer software for these techniques.)
Prerequisite: CMS 431.
CMS 440-3 Simulation of Management Processes (3 + 0)
A study of computer simulation techniques as applied
to resource allocation problems in the business environment.
Prerequisite: CMS 210.
CMS 441-3 Management Information Systems (3 + 0)
A final systems analysis course with emphasis on design of an integrated management information system in a company. Classical and flow network organization concepts are studied in relation to design technique and implementation plan for an MIS. Prerequisite: CMS 305.
CMS 451-3 Data Processing Management
(3 + 0)
A study of the problems encountered in a business data processing installation with particular emphasis on its coordination with other management systems, systems design, software, and hardware in the installations.
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
MANAGEMENT
MGT 100-3 Introduction to Business (3 + 0)
This is a survey course of American business. The relationships between economic theory and business decision making are examined. Types of business organizations as well as an introduction to marketing, production, financial, personnel, and administrative management are covered.
MGT 221-3 Business Law I (3 + 0)
This course is an introduction to origins and developments of law. The major emphasis of the course focuses on the fundamentals of the law pertaining contracts, agency, sales, and the application of the Uniform Commercial Code to these areas.
37


HOOL OF BUSINESS
3T 300-3 Principles of Management [3 + 0)
s course examines applications of managerial ctions and processes as applied to business and er organizations. Human behavior is discussed bin the organizational environment. Production hniques and systems as applied to a variety of .iness organizations is the third area of study. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
3T 321-3 Business Law II (3 + 0)
is course examines business organizations with jor emphasis on partnerships and corporations, includes a study of the Uniform Commercial Code it applies to secured transactions, commercial er, and a study of the fundamental legal concepts property, bankruptcy, and estates.
Prerequisite: MGT 221, or permission of instructor.
GT 324-3 Litigation (3 + 0)
is course is designed to introduce the student to i legal process. It deals with the sources of law, 3 methods of enforcement, and the various courts d administrative agencies involved in the adminis-,tion of justice.
GT 325-3 Family Law (3+ 0)
mily Law introduces students to laws governing the irriage relationship, the dissolution of marriage, d adoption. It includes an examination of the juve-e law. The course acquaints the student with the notion and procedure of courts in resolving prob-ms which arise in those areas.
Prerequisite: MGT 221 or MGT 324.
GT 326-3 Probate Decedents Estates Wills Trusts (3 + 0)
iis course acquaints student with the law governing Iministration and distribution of decedents estates id some of the instruments used in estate planning, eluding wills and trusts. Reference will be made to e Uniform Probate Code and other statutes as well s applicable cases.
Prerequisite: MGT 221 or MGT 324.
IGT 342-3 Principles of Insurance (3 + 0)
study of the underlying principles of insurance, the sed for insurance in a progressive, dynamic society, eludes an introductory examination of insurable sks, uses of insurance as well as a study of the nportant coverages that are currently available.
IGT 343-3 Property and Liability Insurance (3 + 0)
n examination and analysis of the theory of risk, sk as associated with property and liability, and le economic functions of liability and property in-jrance.
Prerequisite: MGT 342.
/IGT 344-3 Life and Health Insurance (3 + 0)
,n examination and study of the principles and prac-ces of life and health insurance with particular mphasis on the human life value concept. Includes he basic forms of life and health insurance. Prerequisite: MGT 342.
vIGT 345-3 Social Insurance (3 + 0)
\n examination and analysis of social insurance. Hncompasses public and private approaches to prob-ems of retirement, employment, private firms, medial care, disability, and employment. Also includes he regulation of insurance by legislation and regu-ated insurance forms.
Prerequisite: MGT 342.
MGT 346-3 Risk Management (3 + 0)
An analysis of risk identification and evaluation,
measurement of protection, and methods of handling risk. Also, includes insurance buying and loss financing.
Prerequisite: MGT 342.
MGT 350-3 Managerial Economics (3 + 0)
This course provides the student with an understanding of the use of economic principles and analyses of problems in business. An exposition of the fundamental, theoretical, and analytical tools of economics useful in managerial decision making are included. Prerequisites: ECO 201 and ECO 202.
MGT 353-3 Personnel Management (3 + 0) This course encompasses the principles used to effectively utilize human resources in organizations. The historical, psychological, and social development of personnel management practices are studied. Topics such as recruitment, selection, and placement are analyzed.
MGT 355-3 Production and Operations Management (3 + 0)
This course is an introduction to the activities required to produce a product or service. Topics include product design, plant location, layout and procedures, materials control, and quality control, are covered.
Prerequisite: MGT 300.
MGT 357-3 Industrial Relations (3 + 0) Course provides an understanding of the development and current posture of law as it relates to labor-management relations. It is concerned with legal framework of collective bargaining. Cases and illustrations are used to demonstrate bargaining and methods for securing industrial peace.
MGT 358-3 Public Administration (3 + 0) This course provides a comprehensive introduction to public administration that combines both theory and practice in the administrative conduct of public affairs at local, state, and federal levels.
Prerequisite: MGT 300.
MGT 375-3 Performance Appraisal (3 + 0)
This course provides the student with the opportunity to study and practice methods of (1) evaluating and (2) counseling employees. Rating and ranking systems, MBO, Human Resource Accounting, Career Planning, and Non-Directive Interviewing will be included.
Prerequisite: MGT 353.
MGT 380-3 Principles of Real Estate
(3 + 0)
This is an overview course which surveys the principles and practices of the real estate field. Subject areas treated include real property ownership, finance, contract and agency law, appraisal, and real estate as an investment.
MGT 382-3 Real Estate Finance (3 + 0)
This course treats, in greater depth, the financial factors affecting real estate. Topics include techniques of financing, money market sources and cost factors, and the effects of financial leverage. Prerequisite: MGT 380.
MGT 384-3 Real Estate Law (3 + 0)
This is a study of the legal aspects of most real estate transactions with special emphasis on the law of contracts and agency. Also treated are license law, land title and interest, deeds, liens, and closing statements.
MGT 453-3 Organizational Behavior (3 + 0)
This course applies behavioral science research and theory to industry in order to learn how the needs
38


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
of the employee might be more effectively integrated with the requirements of the organization. Prerequisite: MGT 300.
MGT 455-3 Systems-Project Management (3 + 0)
This course investigates the concepts and applicability of systems and project management. The unique nature of the project management structure, including its emphasis on integrative decision making throughout a product's life cycle, is also examined. Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MGT 355.
MGT 456-3 Small Business Management (3 + 0)
This course is oriented around a five-year feasibility study of a small business of the student's choice. Upon completion of the study, each student will have a thorough understanding of what it would take to start and operate his chosen business.
Prerequisite: Completion of the Business Core or Consent of the Instructor.
MGT 461-3 Employee Training and Supervision (3 + 0)
This course uses a seminar approach in investigating various training and learning processes with particular concern for development of supervisors and executives. It incorporates newer approaches to executive development.
Prerequisite: MGT 353.
MGT 462-3 Compensation Administration (3 + 0)
Installation and administration of complete wage and salary programs, including objectives, policy, organization, control, analyses, job descriptions, job evaluation, job pricing, employee evaluation, and job standards.
Prerequisite: MGT 353.
MGT 463-3 Manpower Development (3 + 0)
This course provides a comprehensive treatment of the manpower theme, explaining the problems and policies which precipitated manpower into a position of national priority.
Prerequisite: MGT 353.
MGT 484-3 Real Estate Appraisal (3 + 0)
This is a basic study of the principles and techniques used in the valuation of real property. Both land and improved property are covered. Greater emphasis is placed upon residential property, plus an introduction to commercial appraisal.
Prerequisite: MGT 380.
MGT 485-3 Commercial and Investment Real Estate (3 + 0)
This course studies real estate as an investment medium, the techniques used in evaluating and comparing the investment quality of property, the pros and cons of exchanging, and certain of the tax factors relevant to real estate investment.
Prerequisite: MGT 484.
MGT 495-3 Business Policies (3 + 0)
This is a senior seminar designed to give the student an opportunity to apply acquired business skills to analyzing and solving multi-faceted business problems. Special emphasis is given to policy formulation and strategic planning for both profit and non-profit organizations.
Prerequisite: Final Semester preceding graduation.
MARKETING
MKT 300-3 Principles of Marketing (3 + 0)
Principles, methods, and problems found in distribu-
tion activities In marketing products and services. Prerequisite: ECO 201.
MKT 301-3 Marketing Research (3 + 0)
Provides the marketing student with a systematic and objective approach to the search for and analysis of information relevant to the identification and solution of marketing problems.
Prerequisites: MKT 300 and CMS 231.
MKT 310-3 Retailing (3 + 0)
This course provides a comprehensive survey of the merchandising operations of modern day retailers and the environment in which they operate. Prerequisite: MKT 300.
MKT 311-3 Advertising (3 + 0)
Principles, strategies, and tactics of advertising copy and layout, media selection, consumer and advertising research, budgets and problems are covered. Prerequisite: MKT 300.
MKT 312-3 Promotional Strategy (3 + 0)
Survey of persuasive strategies and tactics necessary in current marketing; emphasis on behavioral aspects of promotional process and on management of programs involved.
Prerequisites: MKT 300 and MKT 311.
MKT 316-3 Sales Management (3 + 0)
Course consists of a brief course in salesmanship followed by an analysis of the problems involved in supervising sales personnel. Specific attention is given to personnel matters such as compensation, testing, and personnel development.
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
MKT 331-3 Consumer Behavior (3 + 0)
A study of human behavior in the consumer role with emphasis on a better understanding of consumer actions leading to better management decisionmaking in the marketing program.
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
MKT 341-3 Channel Structure and Strategy (3 + 0)
Provides the marketing student with a survey of channel structure and strategy; areas of study include evolution of and theoretical explanations for channel structure and types of channel decisions to be made. Prerequisite: MKT 300.
MKT 371-3 International Marketing (3 + 0) Introduces the student to the fundamentals of international scope and complexities of marketing; unique marketing aspects of global enterprise opportunities. Prerequisite: MKT 300.
MKT 454-3 Marketing Theory (3 + 0)
Provides the advanced marketing student with an indepth survey of the theoretical development of channel structure and design and the conceptual relations between micro-units within the channel. Prerequisite: Senior Marketing Major.
MKT 455-3 Seminar in Marketing Management (3 + 0)
The development and application of marketing policies and strategies to marketing problems; areas of study include the analysis of problems relating to the consumer and the business environment. Prerequisites: Two upper level Marketing courses.
MKT 456-3 Advanced Marketing Problems (3 + 0)
An integrative case study approach to the study of marketing problems. Problem areas to ba studied include marketing planning, strategy, organization and control.
Prerequisites: MKT 300, MKT 301, MKT 310, MKT 311.
39


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Melvin D. Spurlin, Dean ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS: Education Physical Education, Recreation, and Health Reading


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
CENTER FOR EDUCATION
The Center Is composed of three departments, the Department of Education, the Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health, and the Department of Reading.
The Teacher Certification Program at Metropolitan State College is fully accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and the Colorado Department of Education.
The Department of Education offers majors in Early Childhood and Elementary Education, as well as, minors in Early Childhood and Special Education. Professional courses leading to certification in the areas of Early Childhood Education, Secondary Education, and Special Education are also offered. The major in Elementary Education includes the courses needed for certification.
The Center for Education, with the cooperation of the Modern Languages Department and the Chlcano Studies Department, offers a minor in Bilingual-Bicultural Education.
The Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health offers a major in Physical Education with two emphasis areas and a major in Recreation with nine emphasis areas along with minors in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health and Safety.
An intramural program, administered by the PER Department, provides competitive activities and a variety of free or reduced rate recreational opportunities.
Intercollegiate sports for both men and women are conducted through the Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. Varsity sports for men include soccer, basketball, swimming, tennis, baseball, and track. Women's varsity teams include field hockey, volleyball, basketball, skiing, softball, and tennis. Students interested in these intercollegiate teams should register for the specific varsity sport under the PER 100 designation.
The Department of Reading offers the only undergraduate minor in Reading in the State with numerous courses in the teaching of developmental and remedial reading. The Department also offers reading improvement courses. The well-equipped Reading Laboratory offers an opportunity for individualized work in a variety of materials which include development of vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and rate. It is open to all students whether or not they are enrolled in a reading course.
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS
The purpose of the programs in education is to provide systematic and comprehensive preparation for the teaching profession. Students under these programs must meet the general studies mlnimums and satisfy all other requirements for a Bachelor's Degree stipulated earlier in this Bulletin. Recent Colorado law affecting teacher certification has been passed.
This indicates that several changes may be necessary to current programs starting Fall, 1977. Details are not available at the time of this printing, therefore, students should contact the Education Department for modifications. The following requirements must be met for formal admission to the education programs:
1. Before being admitted to any 300-level course In education, certification students must present evidence that they
a. have a minimum GPA of 2.5 over all college work attempted,
b. have a minimum GPA of 2.5 over all course work in their major (or teaching) area, and
c. have a minimum GPA of 2.5 in all education courses attempted to date (which may only be one introductory course).
Individual exceptions to the above requirements may be made through petition to and action by the respective area committees.
2. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester hours of college work.
3. Completion of a Declaration of Intention form, to be filed in the Education Department office. Normally, students would complete this form while enrolled in their first course in education.
4. For students seeking credit for courses taken at this or at another institution that might be equivalent to the required courses described in this section, completion of a formal evaluation for advanced standing in consultation with their advisor, with the results of this evaluation to be filed in the Education Department office.
5. Completion of 200 clock hours of volunteer service by the end of the sophomore year. This service may be with any youth groups, including Boy Scouts,
Girl Scouts, Campfire Girls, Head Start, YMCA,
YWCA, church groups, as well as other boys and girls clubs, camps, recreational programs, etc. The following requirements must be met for admission to Student Teaching:
1. Completion of a minimum of 90 semester hours of college work; students transferring from other institutions, where more than 70 semester hours are being transferred into Metropolitan State College, or those who already hold degrees must complete a minimum of 20 semester hours before they can be admitted to student teaching.
2. Students must present evidence that they
a. have a minimum GPA of 2.5 over all college work attempted,
b. have a minimum GPA of 2.5 over all course work In their major (or teaching) area, and
c. have a minimum GPA of 2.5 in all education courses attempted to date.
(Individual exceptions to the above requirement may be made through petition to and action by the respective area committees. Under-graduate and postgraduate transfer students should check with their Education Department advisor concerning special GPA requirements.)
3. Completion of all professional courses required for certification.
4. Completion of all subject area courses in the students teaching area(s) required by North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
5. Completion of all items in the personal student teaching folder, to be obtained in the Department of Education.
6. Recommendations from two Metropolitan State College faculty members and/or evaluations from prestudent teaching field experiences.
7. A physical examination report including negative chest X-ray, on file with the Student Health Services.
8. Approval by the appropriate screening committee when applicable.
9. Completion of formal application for student teaching, to be submitted to the Department of Education not later than the following dates:
For Fall Semester
student teaching .........February 28
For Spring Semester student teaching .........September 30
41


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Students who have completed student teaching requirements at another institution may request to take student teaching for six semester hours.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
The Department of Education offers the following programs in Early Childhood Education:
1. A major leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
2. A certification program meeting requirements for certification to teach early childhood in the public schools of Colorado (preschool through the primary grades).
3. A minor in Early Childhood Education.
4. All the courses necessary to meet the education requirements set by the State Department of Social Services for the licensing of day care directors.
Early Childhood Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Hours
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education ............ 3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood
Education ................................... 2
EDU 231 Child Development....................... 3
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development ... 3
EDU 265 Human Relations......................... 3
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive
Development ................................. 4
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in the
Educational Process ......................... 3
EDU 432 Working with Parents ................... 2
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on the
Socialization of Children.................... 4
EDU 437 History and Theory Seminar in
Early Childhood Education.................... 2
One course in special education selected in consultation with the Early Childhood
Education faculty ........................... 3
Choose two courses from the following:
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity.............. 2
PER 258 Movement Education...................... 3
MUS 432 Music Methods for Early Childhood.. 2
ART 310 Art Instructional Methods for
Elementary Schools........................... 3
EDU 434 Mathematics and Science in the
Early Childhood Curriculum................... 2
36
A student majoring in Early Childhood Education must complete the requirements for a minor or an approved specialty area which is the equivalent of a minor. Recommended minors include Reading, Bilin-gual-Bicultural, Speech Pathology, Special Education, Psychology, and Sociology; other minors must be approved by the Department. The specialty areas which are as equivalents of a minor are Language Arts, Science and Math, Urban Studies Education, and Music and Movement.
Requirements for Public School Teacher Certification
In addition to completing a major in Early Childhood Education, students wishing certification must satisfy the following requirements:
Required in Education
EDU 260 Handwriting for the Teacher............ 1
EDU 314 Children and Youth in Urban Schools 3 EDU 315 Children and Youth in Urban Schools
Laboratory.................................. 2
EDU 316 Learning and Teaching.................. 2
EDU 435 Advanced Curriculum Design and
Implementation.............................. 4
EDU 439 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Early Childhood ........................... 12
Semester
Hours
Required in Reading
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary.................................... 3
A list of courses recommended for the completion of basic studies requirements is available from the Department.
Requirements for State Licensing of Child Care Directors
The education requirement for the State license is a minimum of 24 hours of college credit. A detailed list of the specific requirements may be obtained from the Department of Education. Majors in Early Childhood Education will fulfill these requirements by including
among their electives:
HES 204 Nutrition ................................ 3
HES 220 Administration in Care Providing Organizations .................................... 4
Minor in Early Childhood Education (Also fulfills requirements for State licensing of child care directors.)
Required Courses
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education.............. 3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood
Education .................................. 2
EDU 231 Child Development ..................... 3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Child Development------ 3
Choose two additional hours in Early Childhood curriculum courses in consultation with and approved by an
advisor in Early Childhood Education...... 2
HES 204 Nutrition ............................. 3
HES 220 Administration in Care Providing Organizations ................................. 4
Choose three or four hours from each of the following groups of courses (A & B) for a minimum of six
hours:
A. Psychological Foundations
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development.. 3
PSY 325 Child Psychology......................... 3
B. Sociological Foundations
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on the
Socialization of Children..................... 4
SOC315 Socialization of the Child................ 3
26
Specialty Areas
Early Childhood Education
Language Arts Specialty
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary...................................... 3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate ................................ 3
ENG 346 Childrens Literature................... 3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools .... 3
Electives ...................................... 6
18
Electives Six hours to be selected from the following list or in consultation with faculty in ECE.
EDU 410 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School. 2 EDU 411 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the
Elementary School ........................ 2
RDG 360 Practicum in Reading................. 3
RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials .. 2
ENG 202 English Grammar...................... 3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech
Communication............................. 3
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation .. 2
42


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Semester
Hours
Science and Mathematics Specialty
MTH100 Survey of Mathematics................. 3
MTH 261 Mathematics for the Elementary
School Teacher............................ 4
EDU 434 Mathematics and Science in the Early
Childhood Curriculum...................... 2
BIO 100 Man and the Living World............. 3
Electives ................................... 5
17
Electives Five hours (with at least one course in physical science) from the following list or in consul-
tation with the faculty in ECE.
GEL 101 General Geology ..................... 4
GEG123 Weather and Climate................... 3
GEG 124 Land Forms .......................... 3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy............ 3
BIO 107 Relevant Topics in Biology........... 1
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Mathematics
and Science in the Elementary School...... 2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School.. 2
Urban Studies Specialty
AAS101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies 3
AAS31S Education of the Black Child.......... 3
CHS 102 History of the Chlcano in the
Southwest: Mexican and U. S. Periods...... 3
CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children..... 2
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural
Education.................................... 4
Electives ..................................... 3
10
Electives Three hours chosen from the following list or in consultation with Early Childhood faculty.
AAS 330 The Black Community ............. 3
CHS 200 Living Cultures and Linguistics of the
Chicano ..................................... 2
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature...... 3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials for the Bilingual-Bicultural
Classroom ................................... 4
PER 465 Recreation Programs and Management Problems in Urban Ghetto .... 4
SOC 201 Social Problems ........................ 3
Music and Movement Education Specialty
MUS 101 Fundamentals of Music Theory......... 3
MUS432 Music Methods for Early Childhood.. 2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation .. 2
PER 258 Movement Education...................... 3
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning .............. 3
Electives ...................................... 4
17
Electives Four hours chosen from the following list or in consultation with Early Childhood faculty.
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity........... 2
MUS 161 Folk Guitar I........................... 1
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement................ 1
PER 150 Modern Dance I.......................... 1
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child....... 3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.......... 2
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical
Education for Children ...................... 3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education.......... 3
ELEMENTARY LEVEL
Certification and/or a Bachelor of Arts Degree at the elementary level requires completion of the following professional course program. Additional work must be taken In a discipline (Reading suggested) which will give the student the number of hours equivalent to those required for a minor. Substitutions for any of these requirements must be approved by the chairman of the Department of Education.
Special certification in Music and Physical Education is available.
All candidates for the certificate to teach in the elementary schools will declare their intentions at the earliest possible date.
They will make arrangements in EDU 110, Elementary Child I, to satisfy the following requirements:
1. Two hundred clock hours of volunteer service by the end of the sophomore year. This service may be with any youth group, including Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church group, etc.
2. Evidence of proficiency in reading, handwriting, spelling, and new math concepts.
Elementary Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses (in recommended sequence) Hours
EDU 110 The Elementary Child I ............. 3
EDU 231 Child Development .................. 3
EDU 210 The Elementary Child II............. 1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary Child II ... 2
EDU 260 Handwriting for the Teacher......... 1
EDU 265 Human Relations........................ 3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education....... 2
EDU 314 Children and Youth in Urban Schools 3 EDU 315 Laboratory in Children and Youth in
Urban Schools .............................. 2
EDU 316 Learning and Teaching.................. 2
EDU 317 Laboratory in Learning and Teaching 2 EDU 345 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom .................................. 3
ART 310 Art Instructional Methods for
Elementary Schools.......................... 3
MUS 431 Music Methods for Elementary
School Classroom Teachers................... 2
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical
Education to the Young Child.......... 3
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary .................................... 3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate ............................... 3
EDU 410 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School. 2
EDU 411 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the
Elementary School..................... 2
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Math and
Science in the Elementary School...... 2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School.. 2
EDU 419 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Elementary (K-6) ........................6 or 12
EDU 469 Post Student Teaching................. 6
61 or 67
(Students lacking proficiency in any area may be required to take additional course work to remedy the lack of proficiency.)
When planning to teach in grades K-3, the following courses are strongly recommended:
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education ............ 2
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood
Education ................................. 2
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development ... 3
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive Development 4
EDU 435 Advanced Curriculum Design......... 4
Courses Strongly Recommended in the Academic
Areas*:
Humanities:
SPE101 Fundamentals of Speech
Communication ........................... 3
ENG 346 Childrens Literature .............. 3
Career:
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts.......... 2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child ........ 2
43


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Semester
Hours
PER 258 Movement Education .................. 3
PER 441 Environmental Education ............. 2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning ........... 3
Social Science/Behavioral Science
HIS 100 American Civilization I ............. 3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology.............. 3
Mathematics/Science
MTH 261 Mathematics for the Elementary
School Teacher** ........................... 4
A minimum of one course from each of the following sciences is highly recommended:
Biological Science
BIO 100 Man and the Living World............. 3
Earth Science
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy............ 3
GEG 100 World Regional Geography............. 5
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography .. 3
GEL 101 General Geology...................... 4
Physical Science
PHY 108 Physical Science for Teachers........ 3
100 and 200 level courses may count toward basic studies, but not more than six semester hours in any one department will qualify to meet those requirements.
This course may be required when math proficiency test indicates a deficiency in this area.
SECONDARY LEVEL
Students may be certified at the secondary level In the following areas: Art Education, Biology, Business Education and Communication, Chemistry, English, History, Industrial Education, Mathematics, Music Education, Physical Education, Physics, Spanish, and Speech. Students should ask for advisors in the Department of Education as well as in the departments of their major and minor fields of study.
The student is cautioned to check with his advisor for changes mandated by the new Colorado Law.
In addition to a major in the above areas, students must complete the following professional course program:
o _ Semester
Required Courses Hours
Social and Cultural Bases of Secondary Schools a block of two courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban
Secondary Schools ..................... 3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban
Secondary Schools ..................... 2
Psychological and Physiological Bases of Secondary Education a block of two courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner.... 3
EDU 345 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom .................................. 3
(In lieu of EDU 345, Physical Education Majors take
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education.... 3)
Processes of Teaching in the Secondary Schools a block of three courses to be taken concurrently and not earlier than two semesters before student teaching.
EDU 321 Materials and Techniques of Instruction for Secondary School Teachers 3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and
Materials Construction ................ 2
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education ... 2
Teaching Practice
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar; Secondary ...............................6 or 12
In addition to the field experiences included in the required courses, students must present evidence of having completed at least 200 hours of volunteer work with adolescents in the age bracket they intend to
teach. This may be accomplished through work with Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church groups, volunteer tutor programs, or similar activities.
Before enrolling for student teaching, students are directed to take a course in methods of teaching their major and minor field of study offered in the respective departments.
Student teaching normally is for twelve semester hours and involves ten weeks of full-time work. The remaining five-week block is planned individually for each student through consultation with his advisor and may include an additional six semester-hour block of student teaching in a different school setting, or for additional certification purposes.
Special Education Minor
The minor in Special Education is designed to prepare teachers, physical educators, recreation therapists, counselors, and professionals in human services to work effectively with exceptional children in any setting. The courses listed below provide classes totaling nineteen (19) semester hours for completion of the minor.
Students who wish to gain endorsement for teaching the educable mentally handicapped (EMH) child must complete the minor and student teaching. The courses listed below are requirements for certification for students in the areas of Early Childhood, Elementary,
or Secondary Education:
Recommended Sequence of Courses Semesti
Required for Minor Hours
EDU 340 Education of the Exceptional Child.. 4
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of
Exceptional Children........................ 3
EDU 342 Curriculum, Methods and Materials
for Teaching the Mentally Retarded.......... 3
EDU 343 Field Testing Remedial Techniques
in Special Education........................ 3
EDU 344 Counseling Parents of Exceptional
Children .................................... 3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education......... 3
19
(Recreation Therapy majors should select another course with the approval of the Special Education
advisor.)
Required for Certification Educable Mentally
Handicapped (EMH)
EDU 449 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Special Education ........................ 6
Required for Elementary and Secondary Education Majors
EDU 345 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom .................................. 3
Required for Early Childhood Education Majors EDU 346 Identification and Diagnosis of
Young Exceptional Children.................. 3
Additional Requirements for Secondary Educational Certification
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary .................................... 3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate ............................... 3
Highly Recommended:
SPE359 Speech Problems in the Schools ... 3
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in the Content Areas Secondary........................... 2
Bilingual-Bicultural Education Minor The Center for Education offers a minor in Bilingual-Bicultural Education. The minor is an interdisciplinary program sponsored by the Chicano Studies Department, the Education Department, the Department of Modern Languages, and the Reading Department. The principal objective of the Bilingual-Bicultural minor is to prepare future teachers who will be able to conduct all phases of classroom instruction in a bilingual and
44


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
bicultural setting. In the developmental sequence, the minor will provide the potential teacher with a background of the Mexican heritage and with an understanding of present day Hispano/Chicano culture. Proficiency in the Spanish language is required of all students before they complete the minor. This proficiency will prepare the teacher to understand and further develop the native tongue of bilingual-bicultural children, while offering a second language to many other children. In addition, the minor will provide the teacher with sufficient field and academic experiences and resources in order to develop, implement, and evaluate curricular methods, techniques, and materials in the bilingual-bicultural classroom. For students who do not student teach in a bilingual-bicultural program, the Practicum In Bilingual-BIcultural Education will be required.
Bilingual-Bicultural Education Minor
Required Courses and Recommended Sequence:
Semester
Hours
CHS 101 History of Meso-America:
Pre-Colombian and Colonial Periods.......... 3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the American Southwest: Mexican and U.S.
Periods ....................................... 3
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural
Education ..................................... 4
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English
Speakers ...................................... 2
SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the
Bilingual Classroom............................ 2
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and
Civilization .................................. 3
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural
Classroom ..................................... 3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials for the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom ..................................... 4
Total 24
Required when student teaching in a bilingual-bicultural program is not completed:
EDU 452 Practicum in Bilingual-Bicultural
Education ................................... 3
Preparation Requirements:
Language Proficiency: Proficiency in oral and written Spanish will be determined by a committee composed of Spanish-speaking members of the Modern Language Department, Chicano Studies Department, and the Center for Education. Students who fail to achieve a satisfactory score on the proficiency examination will be required to take sufficient Spanish classes to enable them to pass the proficiency examination. The following courses are designed to help students meet the proficiency requirements before the completion of the
Bilingual-Bicultural minor:
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I ................ 5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II................ 5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and
Conversation I ............................... 3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II............................... 3
EDU 110-3 The Elementary Child I (3 + 0)
An introductory course in early childhood and elementary education, designed to acquaint future teachers, parents, and community members with the cognitive, affective, social, and cultural development of the child.
EDU 131-3 Early Childhood Education (3 + 0)
An introduction to the social context of early childhood education, types of early childhood settings, and professional opportunities. Emphasis is on the understand-
ings and competencies essential as a basis for future academic work and field experience.
EDU 132-2 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education (1 + 4)
Guided observation and participation in a variety of early childhood settings: public school, Head Start, and day care. Emphasizes relationships of theory to practice in beginning development of teacher competency. Take concurrently with EDU 131.
EDU 133-2 CDA Competency A: Safe, Healthy Learning Environment (2 + 0)
Course is designed to provide learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in setting up and maintaining a safe, healthy learning environment for young children. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 134-4 CDA Competency B: Advancement of Physical and Intellectual Abilities (4 + 0)
Course is designed to provide learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in advancing the physical and intellectual abilities of young children. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom. Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 135-3 CDA Competency C: Positive Self Concept and Individual Strength (4 + 0)
Course is designed to provide the learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in building positive self concepts and individual strength in young children. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 136-3 CDA Competency D: Positive Functioning of Children and Adults in a Group Environment (4 + 0)
Course provides learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in maintaining the positive functioning of children and adults in a group environment. Major portion of learner's time will be spent in an early childhood classroom. Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 137-3 Coordination of Home and Center Child-Rearing Practices and Expectations (0 + 6)
This course is designed to provide learner with the knowledge, skills, and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in coordinating Home and Center Child-rearing practices and expectations. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 138 CDA Competency F: Supplementary Responsibilities Related to Childrens Program (3 + 0)
This course is designed to provide knowledge, skills and field support to enable learner's to demonstrate competency in the supplementary responsibilities related to childrens programs. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom. Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 139-3 Bilingual Bicultural CDA: Variable Topics (3 + 0)
Overview of specific issues and topics related to the early childhood educators work with young children and their families in a bilingual community. Course
45


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
content will vary and the course may be repeated for credit for different topics.
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 210-1 The Elementary Child II (1+0)
All classes will be held at public school where the student will be exposed to the classroom environment. Curriculum and instructional patterns, individual learning styles, and practical application of learning theories will be covered.
Prerequisite: EDU 110; Corequisite: EDU 211.
EDU 211-2 Laboratory in Elementary Child II (0 + 4)
Guided observation and participation in a preselected elementary school setting. Designed to provide students with experiences relating to theories presented in EDU 210.
Prerequisite: EDU 110; Corequisite: EDU 210.
EDU 221-3 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary Schools (3 + 0)
An analytical assessment of teaching-learning processes with special emphasis on urban secondary schools and on the roles teachers must play in such schools to meet the needs of adolescents from diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds. Includes a series of self-evaluative experiences.
Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment In EDU 222.
EDU 222-2 Field Experiences in Urban Secondary Schools (1 + 4)
Gives the prospective teacher an opportunity to translate theoretical information from course work to practical settings in urban secondary schools and to gain better understanding of the social and cultural issues in such schools. A weekly seminar promotes discussion of experiences.
Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in EDU 221.
EDU 231-3 Child Development (3 + 0) Designed to give students an understanding of the patterns of development of normal children. Students will study current research and developmental theories as they apply to educating young children.
EDU 232-3 Laboratory in Child Development (1 + 5)
Students apply techniques of child study to a variety of real life settings, integrating theoretical constructs with practical considerations. Parent-child, child-child, child-group, and child-material Interactions are studied. Take concurrently with EDU 231.
EDU 233-2 Facilitation of Creativity (1 + 2) Facilitating childrens creative expression and problem solving in music, art, drama, literature, and other forms are considered. Emphasis is on ways to create and maintain a classroom atmosphere and environment that allows creative expression.
EDU 239-2 CDA Assessment (2 + 0)
Final course in CDA sequence. Preparation for assessment in all 8 competency areas. Learner will complete a portfolio documenting his competence in all CDA competency areas. Major portion of the learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom. Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
EDU 260-1 Handwriting for the Teacher (1+0)
A detailed consideration of content, methods, instructional materials, and evaluation in the area of handwriting. The student demonstrates competency in manuscript and cursive handwriting.
Prerequisite: None.
EDU 265-3 Human Relations (3 + 0)
The purpose of this course is to help future teachers
gain a systematic understanding of him or herself as a person. Group dynamics will be stressed as we realize the need for teachers to be able to work in groups.
EDU 314-3 Children and Youth in Urban Schools (3 + 0)
Designed as an interdisciplinary course to acquaint the student with issues involved in education in a changing technological society. Class sessions include lectures, audio-visual material, and seminars. Must be taken concurrently with EDU 315.
EDU 315-2 Children and Youth in Urban Schools Laboratory (0 + 4)
Must be taken concurrently with EDU 314. Gives the prospective teacher the opportunity to apply theoretical work to field experience involving social workers, school psychologists, counselors, or teachers in core city schools.
EDU 316-2 Learning and Teaching (2 + 0)
A curriculum course dealing with major aspects of early childhood and elementary level teaching. The study of curriculum development through implementation of the cognitive, affective, and psychomotor domains is stressed.
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor; Corequisite: EDU 317.
EDU 317-2 Laboratory in Learning and Teaching (0 + 4)
Participation in an elementary school setting. The student will be assigned as an instructional aide for from four to six clock hours per week.
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor; Corequisite: EDU 316.
EDU 320-3 The Adolescent as a Learner (3 + 0)
A course in applied educational psychology with special emphasis on adolescents. Allows the beginning teacher at the secondary level to formulate a set of useful classroom practices based on sound psychological principles and consistent with current secondary school practices.
Prerequisites: EDU 221 or permission of the instructor; to be taken concurrently with EDU 345 or an equivalent course approved to satisfy the special education requirement.
EDU 321-3 Materials and Techniques of Instruction for Secondary School Teachers (3 + 0)
Provides opportunity for prospective teachers to convert theoretical instruction in teaching methods into practical applications in both real and simulated classroom environments. Requires the integration of skills and theories learned in prerequisite courses.
Prerequisites: EDU 221; EDU 222; EDU 320; EDU 345 (or PER 462); concurrent enrollment in EDU 322 and EDU 361.
EDU 322-2 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials Construction (1 + 4)
Field experiences in tutoring and materials construction to integrate the content, theory, and conceptual aspects of academic and professional teacher education with concrete experiences in secondary schools. A weekly seminar is held to discuss each student's experiences.
Prerequisite: Must be taken concurrently with EDU 321 and EDU 361.
EDU 337-4 Language and Cognitive Development (4 + 0)
The cause of normal language and cognitive development in young children, including environmental influences, is considered. Special emphasis is given to methods and materials for facilitating that development in home and school. Offered Fall semester. Prerequisites: EDU 131 and EDU 231.


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
EDU 340-4 Education of the Exceptional Child (3 + 4)
A survey of the etiology, behaviors, medical aspects, intellectual development, and educational programs for all of the areas of exceptionality.
EDU 341-3 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional Children (3 + 0)
Selection, use, and interpretation of formal and informal instruments for assessment of student behavior. Prerequisites: EDU 340, or permission of instructor.
EDU 342-3 Curriculum Methods and Materials for Teaching the Mentally Retarded (3 + 0)
An intensive study of the curriculum sequence and content for exceptional children based on instructional or performance objectives.
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341, or permission of the instructor.
EDU 343-3 Field Testing Remedial Techniques in Special Education (2 + 4) Provides a four-hour-per-week field experience in public or private schools and/or institutional settings. Students also meet for two hours per week at the college.
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341, EDU 342, or permission of the instructor.
EDU 344-3 Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children (3 + 0)
Techniques in counseling, group therapy, and transactional analysis will be taught as methods for promoting adjustment within the structure of the family with an exceptional child.
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341, EDU 342, EDU 343, or permission of the instructor.
EDU 345-3 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom (3 + 0)
Emphasis in the course will be the development of educational strategies for the child in the regular classroom based on interpretation of data from diagnostic instruments.
EDU 346-3 Identification and Diagnosis of Young Exceptional Children (3 + 0) Special emphasis on formal and informal assessment leading to specific education prescriptive programs for children during their early childhood years.
EDU 347-3 Methods and Materials for Teaching the Trainable Mentally Retarded Child (3 + 0)
A study of characteristics, classification, and development of the trainable mentally retarded child.
EDU 351-4 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural Education (4 + 0)
An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with local, state, and national bilingual-bicultural education programs. Time will be spent in structured observation and interaction in a bilingual classroom.
EDU 361-2 The Use of Media in Education (2 + 0)
A course designed to acquaint prospective teachers and other interested persons with the role of audiovisual media in education. Students become proficient in the operation of audiovisual equipment and in creating effective materials for classroom use. Secondary students should take this course concurrently with EDU 321 and EDU 322.
EDU 410-2 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School (2 + 0)
Emphasis on current and experimental programs in the
elementary school in Language Arts and Social Studies, K-6. The objectives of the course are to develop the concepts, methods, techniques, and materials pertinent to the teaching of language arts and social studies.
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor; Corequisite: EDU 411.
EDU 411-2 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School (0 + 4)
Eight hours of guided observation and participation in the elementary schools in the subjects of social studies and language arts is required.
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor; Corequisite: EDU 410.
EDU 412-2 Methods of Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School (2 + 0) Emphasis on current and experimental programs in the Elementary School in Mathematics and Science, K-6. The objectives of the course are to develop the concepts, methods, techniques, and materials pertinent to the teaching of mathematics and science.
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor; Corequisite: EDU 413.
EDU 413-2 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math and Science in Elementary School (0 + 4)
Guided observation and participation in the elementary schools in the subjects of mathematics and science. The course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to convert methods and techniques discussed in EDU 412 into practical application in the actual classroom environment.
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor; Corequisite: EDU 412.
EDU 419-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary (K-6)
(1 + 20 or 40)
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private elementary schools providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners (Kgn to 6th Grade). A weekly seminar is a part of the field experience requirement.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Elementary Teacher Education major and approval of the Dean, Center for Education.
EDU 429-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary (6-12) (1 + 20 or 40)
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private secondary schools providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners (7th to 12th Grade). A weekly seminar is a part of the field experience requirement.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of the Secondary education requirements, teaching major, and approval of the Dean, Center for Education.
EDU 431-3 Parents as Partners in the Educational Process (3 + 0)
Offered Fall Semester. Consideration of historical and current approaches to parent education and involvement and how these may be implemented in home, school, and community. Emphasis is on understandings and skills essential to successful parent education.
Prerequisite: A child development course.
EDU 432-2 Working With Parents (0 + 4) Applies theories and approaches learned in EDU 431 to real life situations. Students observe and participate in a variety of settings, infancy through primary grades, demonstrating parent education and involvement. Take concurrently with EDU 431.
47


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
EDU 434-2 Mathematics and Science in the Early Childhood Curriculum (2 + 0) This course provides the future teacher of the young child with background and materials to design educational settings and experiences which facilitate the development of concepts of quality, space, the natural world, and the heuristics of thinking.
Prerequisite: EDU 231.
EDU 435-4 Advanced Curriculum Design and Implementation (4 + 0)
Students learn how to organize, schedule, sequence, and integrate available resources to plan and implement an early childhood program responsive to childrens needs. Content areas include planning, classroom organization and management, and definition of goal ideas. Offered Spring Semester.
Prerequisites: EDU 337 and EDU 316.
EDU 436-4 Cultural Influence on the Socialization of Children (4 + 0) Multi-disciplinary approach utilizing cognitive-developmental, psychosocial and social learning theories in regard to socialization practices. Individual development viewed in context of family, school and society. Prerequisite: EDU 231, or permission of instructor.
EDU 437-2 History and Theory Seminar in Early Childhood Education (2 + 0)
Analysis of historical and contemporary issues, theories, practices, trends, and problems in the development of early childhood education in the United States. Offered Spring Semester.
Prerequisites: EDU 131 and EDU 231.
EDU 438-2 History and Theory of Early Childhood Education Field Experience (0 + 4)
Topics and issues of current importance and/or controversy in education will be examined through study and analysis of recent writings, research, legislation, and practices. Must be taken concurrently with EDU 437.
EDU 439-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Early Childhood (Preschool-2)
(1 + 20 or 40)
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private schools (preschool to 2nd Grade) providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identifed group of learners. A weekly seminar is part of the field experience requirement.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Early Childhood Education major and approval of the Dean, Center for Education.
EDU 449-6 Student Teaching and Seminar: Special Education (EMH) (1 + 40)
A supervised 5-week field experience in accredited public or private schools (EMH program) providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners. A weekly seminar is part of the field experience requirement.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of the Special Education minor, the certification program tor the regular classroom and approval of the Dean, Center for Education.
EDU 451-4 Development of Methods and Materials for the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom (4 + 0)
Emphasis in planning curriculum for the linguistically and culturally diverse student with emphasis on alternatives in approach and methodology. Time will be
spent in structured observation and interaction in a bilingual classroom.
Prerequisites: EDU 351 and proficiency in Spanish.
EDU 452-3 Practicum in Bilingual-Bicultural Education (1 + 6)
The course will consider bilingual-bicultural techniques and developing and implementing them in a bilingual-bicultural classroom. Six hours per week in a bilingual school or community setting is required.
Prerequisites: EDU 451 and proficiency in Spanish.
EDU 465-3 Current Issues in Education: Variable Topics (3 + 0)
In-depth examination of selected current topics and issues in education. Topics will vary, but all will be of current importance, requiring study of recent writings, research, legislation, etc. May be repeated for credit under a different topic.
Prerequisite: Advanced students in Education.
EDU 469-6 Post Student Teaching (1 + 40) A 5-week field experience designed cooperatively by the student and his college supervisor of student teaching. Required for Elementary majors and optional for other certification programs. Experiences may range from remedial work to internships in education related organizations.
Prerequisites: Completion of student teaching and permission of college supervisor of student teaching.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
The major in Physical Education is designed to provide certification, in either secondary, elementary or K-12 levels. For the student who does not seek teacher certification or who wishes to complete a major or minor in a more specialized area, a non-teaching major or minor in Physical Education or a contract major or minor is suggested. Details concerning contract programs may be obtained from the Center for Experimental Studies.
Possible areas in which a contract major or minor might be developed could include the following: Athletic training, coaching, dance, sports specialization, adaptive physical education, athletic administration, research in exercise and movement, sports journalism, sports facility and equipment maintenance, media and public relations in sports, or any other related and approved areas. Majors in Physical Education may utilize the option of completing a minor in a contract area of specialization or selecting a minor from another discipline.
Students seeking teaching credentials in physical education must satisfy the Teacher Education Program at MSC in addition to all of the requirements of the Department of Physical Education. Recent Colorado law effecting teacher certification has been passed. This indicates that several changes may be necessary to current programs starting Fall, 1977. Details are not available at the time of this printing; therefore, students should contact the Education Department for modifications.
Physical Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
A. Secondary Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (PER 150)
Secondary Physical Education majors must present proof of proficiency in fifteen different activities. A total of 23 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by (1) receiving a passing grade in the course; or (2) obtaining the approval of the PER Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the PER office.
48


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
a. Basic Skills (All of the following) Hours
Swimming .............................. 1
Fundamentals of Movement............... 1
Physical Fitness....................... 2
Tumbling .............................. 1
b. Team Sports (3 of the following)
Volleyball............................. 2
Flag Football ......................... 2
Field Hockey........................... 2
Soccer ................................ 2
Softball .............................. 2
Basketball ............................ 2
c. Individual Sports (5 of the following)
Lifesaving ............................ 1
Gymnastics ............................ 2
Track and Field ....................... 2
Tennis ................................ 2
Badminton ............................. 2
Golf .................................. 2
Archery, Racketball, Handball...... 2
Personal Defense....................... 2
d. Miscellaneous (3 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance.................. 2
Ballroom Dance......................... 2
Wrestling ............................. 2
Modern Dance .......................... 2
Weight Training ....................... 2
Total Credits 23
2. Theory Courses (must take all ol the following):
PER 160 Introduction to Physical
Education ............................ 1
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology...... 2
PER 332 Biomechanics.................. 3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise...... 3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching
Secondary Physical Education ......... 3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement
in Physical Education ................ 2
PER 460 Organization, Administration
and Curriculum Development in
Physical Education ................... 3
Approved electives ..................... 3
Total Credits 20
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Certificate is required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid card along with Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation from the American Red Cross.
Total Minimum Hours for Major 43 To obtain a certificate from the State of Colorado, all Secondary Physical Education Majors must also complete the courses required by the Department of Education for Secondary level certification as listed under "Secondary Level in the Education section of the catalog. The only exception to that listing is that Secondary Physical Education Majors must substitute PER 462, Adaptive Physical Education, for EDU 345.
B. Elementary Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (PER 150)
a. Basic Skills (All of the following)
Fundamentals of Movement............... 1
Physical Fitness....................... 2
Tumbling .............................. 1
b. Team Sports (4 of the following)
Volleyball ............................ 2
Basketball ............................ 2
Soccer ................................ 2
Football .............................. 2
Softball .............................. 2
Field Hockey .......................... 2
c. Miscellaneous (2 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance.................. 2
Track and Field ....................... 2
Semester
Hours
Wrestling .............................. 2
Lifesaving ............................. 1
Archery, Racketball and Handball ... 2
Total Credits 15
2. Additional Elementary Activity Courses
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child. 3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.. 2
PER 258 Movement Education................. 3
Total Credits 8
3. Theory Classes (must take all ol the following):
PER 160 Introduction to Physical
Education.............................. 1
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology........ 2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise .......... 3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical
Education for Children................. 3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement
in Physical Education.................. 2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning ... 3
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum Development in
Physical Education..................... 3
Approved electives....................... 3
Total Credits 20
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Certificate is required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid card along with Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation from the American Red Cross.
Total minimum hours for major 43 To obtain certification by the State of Colorado, all Elementary Physical Education teachers must also
complete the following courses:
EDU 110 Elementary Child I ......... 3
EDU 210 Elementary Child II........... 1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary Child II. 2 EDU 314 Children and Youth in Urban
Schools ................................. 3
EDU 315 Children and Youth in Urban
Schools Laboratory ...................... 2
EDU 361 Use of Media in Education........ 2
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education .... 3
Total Credits 16
Highly recommended, but not required:
EDU 231 Child Development ......... 3
EDU 265 Human Relations ................... 3
C. K-12 Emphasis in Physical Education Ma/or
1. Professional Activities (PER 150)
Students desiring K-12 Certification must be proficient in 16 different activities, selected from the categories below. A maximum of 25 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by (1) receiving a passing grade in the course; or (2) obtaining the approval of the PER Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the PER office.
a. Basic Skills (must take all of the
following)
Swimming ............................. 1
Fundamentals of Movement ............ 1
Physical Fitness .................... 2
Tumbling ............................. 1
b. Team Sports (must take 4 of the following)
Volleyball............................ 2
Flag Football........................ 2
Field Hockey......................... 2
Soccer ............................... 2
49


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Semester
Hours
Softball.............................. 2
Basketball ........................... 2
c. Individual Sports (must take 5 of the following)
Lifesaving ........................... 1
Gymnastics ........................... 2
Track and Field....................... 2
Tennis ............................... 2
Badminton ............................ 2
Golf.................................. 2
Archery, Racketball, Handball....... 2
Personal Defense...................... 2
d. Miscellaneous (must take 3 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance................. 2
Ballroom Dance ....................... 2
Wrestling ............................ 2
Modern Dance I ....................... 2
Modern Dance II....................... 2
Weight Training ...................... 2
2. Theory Classes
PER 160 Introduction to Physical
Education.............................. 1
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child. 3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.. 2
PER 258 Movement Education......... 3
PER 306 Care and Prevention of
Sports Injuries ....................... 2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology...... 2
PER 332 Biomechanics .................. 3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise...... 3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching
Secondary Physical Education......... 3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching
Physical Education for Children...... 3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement
in Physical Education ................. 2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning ... 3
PER 460 Organization and Curriculum Development in Physical Education ... 3
PER 399 Field Experience .............. 2
35
Total Required for K-12 60 Field Experience (399) must be taken during senior year, in a secondary school at the level in which the student does not do student teaching.
Student teaching must be taken for 18 credits in a combination of elementary and secondary. In that this program enables a person to gain certification to teach physical education in both Secondary and Elementary School Programs, the minor requirements are consid-
ered fulfilled.
3. The following Education Classes are required for K-12 Certification
EDU 110 Elementary Child I ............... 3
EDU 210 Elementary Child II........... 1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary Child 2
EDU 231 Child Development ................ 3
EDU 221 Processes of Education in
Urban Secondary Schools............. 3
EDU 222 Field Experience in Urban
Secondary Schools ...................... 2
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner.. 3
PER 462 Adaptive P.E. (In lieu of
EDU 345) .............................. _3
Total 20
D. Non-Teaching Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities
(Select any 12)........................ 12
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education 1
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (or valid American Red Cross Card)............... 2
Semester
Hours
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology............. 2
PER 332 Biomechanics ...................... 3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise............. 3
PER 362 History of Physical Education___ 2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in
American Society....................... 2
Approved electives: Selected in accordance with students intended career objectives.
Must be pre-planned with an advisor in PER
Department ................................ 13
Total Minimum Hours for Major 40
Physical Education Minor A. Secondary Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities............. 9
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (or valid
American Red Cross Card).................. 2
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary
Physical Education........................ 3
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum Development in Physical
Education................................. 3
Approved electives......................... _3^
Total Credits 20
B. Elementary Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities....... 4
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (or valid
American Red Cross Card).................. 2
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child_ 3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child---- 2
PER 258 Movement Education............ 3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical
Education for Children.................... 3
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum Development in Physical
Education................................. 3
Total Credits 20
C. Non-Teaching Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities....... 6
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education 1
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (or valid
American Red Cross Card).................. 2
PER 362 History of Physical Education ... 2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in
American Society.......................... 2
Approved electives: Selected in accordance with student's intended career objectives.
Must be pre-planned with an advisor in PER
Department ................................ _7
Total Credits 20
RECREATION
The major in Recreation is intended to prepare students to enter recreation-related jobs that are available at both local and national levels. The major consists of a common core of courses deemed essential for all recreation personnel and emphasizes field work with various types of recreation, parks, conservation, and other social service agencies.
In conjunction with the core course selections, the student will select one or more areas of emphases. The areas of emphasis provide the student with specialized knowledge and skills related to particular job functions provided by the various recreation related service agencies. The areas of emphases from which the student may select one or more are:
A. Therapeutic Recreation Services
B. Aquatic and Waterfront Activities
C. Arts and Crafts
D. Inner-City Program Specialist
50


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Semester
Hours
E. Sports and Athletics
F. Performing and Cultural Arts Specialist
(Music Drama Dance)
G. Recreation and Park Administration
H. Camping
I. Outdoor Recreation
To summarize, Recreation majors have the following
degree requirements or options:
Core Courses...................................13 hours
Emphasis Area..................................27 hours
40 hours
Recreation Internship (Recommended for State Registration) .....................10 hours
Each Recreation major will have the option to complete an existing catalog minor or to select a second area of emphasis from the list above for equivalent minor (22 hours minimum).
The selection of course work will be approved by the Chairman of the Department or his designee(s).
NOTE: Demonstrated proficiencies or credit by exam for course content are acceptable in meeting requirements in the Recreation major or minor. Contact the Director of Professional Preparation in Recreation for details.
For students seeking a baccalaureate degree in Recreation, the following courses are highly recommended for basic studies:
MTH100 Survey of Mathematics................ 3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology............ 3
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology........... 3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I........... 3
SPE101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication................................. 3
Recreation Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses for All Students
A. Core Courses (13 hours)
PER 211 Recreation Leadership and
Leisure Service Systems................... 4
PER 215 Recreation Facility and Equipment
Maintenance .............................. 2
PER 335 Recreation for Special
Populations .............................. 2
PER 411 Recreation Program Construction
and Control Processes..................... 3
PER 413 Administration and Organization of Recreation......................... 2
Total Credits 13
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Certificate is required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid card along with Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation from the American Red Cross.
B. Emphasis Area (27 hours)
Students will be required to select one of nine areas of special emphasis courses designed to provide the student with high degree of specialization in a chosen area of interest. These emphasis areas consist of 27 hours of course work offered by the PER Department and other disciplines within the College.
C. Internship
PER 489 Recreation Internship.............10 hours
This practical learning experience is designed primarily to help students make the transition from the classroom to the practical situation. Opportunity is provided for students to assume normal responsibilities involved in the delivery of services commensurate with their degree emphasis(es). This experience is also recommended for State registration.
Emphasis Areas
A. Therapeutic Recreation Services (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses .... 6
Semester
Hours
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment .......... 3
PSY 221 Psychology of Human
Development ............................... 3
PER 231 Introduction to Therapeutic
Recreation Services........................ 2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology............... 2
PER 331 Activity Analysis Remotivation
and Socialization Techniques............... 3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise .............. 3
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning......... 3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education .... 3
NOTE: Areas of study recommended for equivalency of minor for therapeutic emphasis are identified below: Minimum of 22 hours.
Mental Retardation
HSW104 Behavior Modification ............... 4
HSW 111 Introduction to Mental
Retardation .............................. 4
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community_______ 4
HSW 311 Human Services for Handicapped
Persons .................................. 4
PSY 340 Psychology of Exceptional
Children.................................. 3
EDU 340 Education of the Exceptional
Child..................................... 3
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional Children................... 3
Youth Corrections
LEN 140 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues and
Treatment ................................ 3
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community .... 4
LEN 320 Criminal Justice Organization
and Administration........................ 3
PSY 325 Child Psychology ................... 3
PSY 326 The Psychology of Adolescence.. 3
LEN 331 Classification and Treatment of
the Offender ............................. 3
LEN 332 Corrections in the Community ... 3
HSW 345 Crisis Intervention and Legal
Issues.................................... 4
SOC 351 Juvenile Delinquency ............... 3
LEN 441 Contemporary Problems in Criminal Justice....................... 3
Psychiatric Services
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory
and Experience............................ 4
HSW 204 Family Functions, Dysfunction,
and Therapy .............................. 4
PSY 241 Social Psychology................ 3
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community_________ 4
PSY 321 Abnormal Psychology I............... 3
PSY 342 Issues in Community-Social
Psychology ............................... 3
PSY 400 Theories of Personality ............ 3
HSW 432 Psychopathology and Mental
Health Clinician ......................... 4
PSY 469 Survey of Psychotherapies...... 3
Drug and Alcohol
LEN 140 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues and
Treatment ................................ 3
SOC 201 Social Problems.................. 3
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory
and Experience............................ 4
HSW 203 Introduction to Theory and Techniques in Interviewing and
Psychotherapy ............................ 4
HSW 204 Family Functions, Dysfunction,
and Therapy .............................. 4
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community_________ 4
HSW 347 Counseling the Substance Abuser 4 SOC 467 Contemporary Sociological Trends (Interviewing Techniques).......... 3
51


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Semester
Hours
Special Education
EDU 110 The Elementary Child I ............. 3
EDU 210 The Elementary Child II............. 1
EDU 211 The Elementary Child II
Laboratory................................ 2
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community .... 4
HSW311 Human Services for Handicapped
Persons ................................... 4
EDU 340 Education of the Exceptional
Child...................................... 3
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of
Exceptional Children...................... 3
EDU 342 Curriculum Methods and Materials
for Teaching the Mentally Retarded...... 3
EDU 344 Counseling the Parents of
Exceptional Children...................... 3
EDU 346 Identification and Diagnosis of
Young Exceptional Children................ 3
EDU 347 Methods and Materials for Teaching the Trainable Mentally Retarded Child.................................. 3
Semester
Hours
IED141 Introduction to Graphic Arts .... 3
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts..... 2
I ED 231 Art Metal, Silversmith, Lapidary .. 3
IED 241 Introduction to Photography.... 3
IED 381 Industrial Arts for Elementary School ............................ 2
D. Inner City Program Specialist (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activities........... 4
SOC 213 Urban Sociology................... 3
PSC 221 American State and Local
Government................................. 4
GEG 261 Urban Geography .................. 3
HSW 345 Crisis Intervention and Legal
Issues..................................... 4
SOC 415 Sociology of Urban Poor........ 3
PER 463 Recreation Program for Aged---- 2
PER 465 Recreation Programs and Management Problems in Urban Ghetto .. 4
SOC 467 Contemporary Sociological Trends ............................ 3
Early Childhood Education
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education......... 3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood
Education.................................. 2
EDU 231 Child Development ................... 3
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development. 3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity........... 2
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child .... 3
PSY 295 Contemporary Issues: (Child
Rearing) .................................. 3
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community .... 4
EDU 346 Identification and Diagnosis of
Young Exceptional Children................. 3
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on Socialization of Children............... 4
Select 2 out .. of 3
Select 3 out of 4
Aquatic and Waterfront Activities (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses (11 hours)
Gymnastics ............................... 2
Swimming ................................. 1
Diving.................................... 1
Advanced Lifesaving ...................... 1
Canoeing.............
Sailing .............
Power Boating........
Water Polo...........
Synchronized
Swimming ..........
Competitive
Swimming ..........
Scuba Diving.........
PER 210 Techniques of Officiating Aquatic
Activities ............................
PER 316 Water Safety Instructor
Certification .........................
PER 330 Anatomical
Kinesiology Biomechanics Physiology of Exercise ...
Waterfront, Marina and Boating
Operations................................ 2
PER 359 Teaching the Handicapped to
Swim ..................................... 2
PER 455 Swimming Pool Operation and Management ................................ 4
PER 332 PER 334
PER 353
Select
2 out........ 5-6
of 3
C. Arts and Crafts (select 27 hours)
IED 101 Introduction to Wood................... 3
ART 110 Basic Drawing Methods .............. 3
IED 111 Introduction to Plastics............... 3
ART 120 Basic Design and Crafts Methods. 3 IED 131 Introduction to Craft Materials and Processes.............................. 2
E. Sports and Athletics (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses (Required)
Fundamentals of Movement (Required) ... 1
Physical Fitness (Required) ............... 2
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses .... 16
Student to select any sixteen (16) hours:
PER 210 Officiating ....................... 2
PER 250 Activities for Young Child...... 3
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology ............ 2
PER 332 Biomechanics....................... 3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise............ 3
PER 371 Administration of Intramural
Sports and Student Recreation.............. 2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society ....................... 2
F. Performing and Cultural Arts (select 27 hours)
Students are to select one of the following areas: (1) Music, (2) Drama, or (3) Dance for their major emphasis area. It is also recommended that a second area be taken to represent the equivalency of a minor, (minimum of 22 hours).
Music (select 27 hours)
MUS 100 Introduction to Music............
MUS 101 Fundamentals of Music Theory .. MUS 161 Class Instruction I ................
MUS 162 Class Instruction II.................
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation
\- Select 8 Hrs..
3
3
8
2
MUS 281 Large Ensemble \ . . -
MUS 282 Small Ensemble J
MUS 331 Elementary School Music Methods...........................
or 2
2
MUS 381 MUS 382
MUS 421
KSfSSS
Choral Literature.... 2
Drama (select 27 hours)
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation 2
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre............ 3
SPE 222 Techniques of Acting I............. 3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft......... 3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity......... 2
SPE 322 Movement for Stage................. 2
SPE 325 Introduction to Scenic Design and
Theatre Lighting........................... 3
SPE 328 Stage Directing.................... 3
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum I .............. 1
52


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Semester
Hours
SPE427 Theatre: Practicum II................ 3
Dance (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Series
Square and Folk Dance..................... 2
Ballroom Dance ........................... 2
Modern Dance ............................. 2
Tap Dance................................. 1
Ballet ................................... 1
Ethnic Dance I ........................... 1
Ethnic Dance II........................... 1
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation 2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child______ 2
Approved electives (see
Coordinator of Recreation Education) .... 12
G. Recreation and Park Administration (select 27 hours)
GEG 261 Urban Geography .................... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......... 3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing............ 3
MGT 353 Personnel Management ............... 3
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating
Operations................................ 2
PER 383 Urban Park and Recreation
Planning.................................. 3
PER 455 Swimming Pool Operation and
Management ............................... 4
MGT 461 Employee Training and
Supervision .............................. 3
PER 481 Federal Grant and Aid Programs. 2
PER 483 Park and Recreation Management 3
H. Camping (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses .... 12
Swimming ...............................
Advanced Lifesaving ....................
Canoeing.........T
Sailing ......... >- Select 2 out of 3 ...
Power Boating .. J
Camp Craft Skills.......................
Wilderness Travel.......................
Western Horsemanship I..................
Mountaineering I .......................
Mountaineering II.......................
Travel Activities ......................
Game and Fish Activities................
White Water Boating ....................
IED 131 Introduction to Craft Materials and
Processes ............................... 2
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts...... 2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation 2
PER 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation 2
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating
Operations............................... 2
PER 441 Environmental Education ........... 2
PER 445 Camp Management and Counseling .............................. 4
/.
Outdoor Recreation (select 27 hours)
GEG 123 Weather and Climate .............
GEG 124 Landforms .......................
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses ....
Group I
Swimming .............
Wilderness Travel.....
Mountaineering I .....
Game and Fish
Activities .........
Western Horsemanship I ...............
White Water Boating ... Fly, Bait, Spin Casting ..
Canoeing..............
Sailing ..............
Power Boating ........
h Select 8 hours
3
3
11
Semester
Hours
Group II
Mountaineering II ....
Mountaineering III....
White Water Boating II .. ^ Select Western Horseman- f 3 hours
ship II..............
Game and Fish
Activities II........
BIO 205 Natural Resources and
Conservation.............................. 3
PER 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation 2
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating
Operations................................ 2
PER 441 Environmental Education ........... 2
PER 445 Camp Management and Counseling ........................... 4
Recreation Minor
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses____ 5
Elect any five (5) hours from the PER 150 listings of Professional Activity Courses. Contact PER Department for complete listing of course selections available.
PER 211 Recreation Leadership and
Leisure Service Systems................. 4
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts......... 2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation 2 PER 335 Recreation for Special Populations 2
PER 341 Camp and Outdoor Recreation ... 2
PER 411 Recreation Program Construction
and Control Processes................... 3
PER 413 Administration and Organization of Recreation ............................ 2
Total Credits 22
HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION
Minor in Health and Safety The emphasis in Health Education is intended to prepare students to teach Health Education at either the secondary or elementary level or both levels. This is an excellent area of specialization for the student who is obtaining a teaching major in another area or for those nurses who are interested in the area of School Health Nurse.
Students who select the emphasis in Drivers Education and Safety may be certified at the secondary level in Driver's Education and Motorcycle Education.
A. Health Education Emphasis
LEN 140 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues and
Treatment ............................... 3
PER 202 Community Health................. 3
HES 204 Nutrition........................ 3
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation.............. 2
PER 300 School Health Programs........... 3
PER 391 Safety Education ................ 3
PSY 325 Child Psychology or
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence..... 3
Total Credits 20
B. Driver and Traffic Safety Education Emphasis
LEN 140 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues and
Treatment ............................... 3
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation.............. 2
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education .. 2
PER 391 Safety Education ................ 3
PER 392 Driver Education (Basic and
Advanced) ............................... 4
PER 394 Simulators, Ranges and Behind-
the-Wheel Techniques............ 3
PER 396 Motorcycle Safety Education .... 2
Total Credits 19
53


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
PER 100-1 Physical Education Activities
(1+D
A wide variety of one credit activity classes designed for the interests of the general student body. These classes do not serve the needs of physical education/ recreation majors. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
PER 150-1-2 Professional Activity Courses (1 + 1) or (2 + 2)
Courses which physical education and recreation majors and minors must take to meet departmental skills requirements in various physical activities. These courses will also cover methods of teaching and field experience assignments. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
PER 160-1 Introduction to Physical Education (1+1)
For physical education majors. A survey course designed to orient prospective teachers to the field of physical education. Lecture, discussion and field experience.
PER 202-3 Community Health (3 + 0) Designed to provide an in-depth study into health matters involving virtually all citizens for teachers of Health Education. Emphasis is in promoting community health, preventing disorders and disabilities, environmental health and health services.
PER 206-2 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (2 + 0) Designed for use by the general public to prepare people, through providing them with knowledge and skills, to meet the needs of most situations when emergency first aid care is needed. Cardio-Pulmonary respiration is covered.
PER 210-2 Officiating (1 + 1) or (1 +2) Courses designed for students who wish to acquire or perfect officiating skills. Field experience assignments will be a required part of the classes. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
Prerequisite: PER 150 in appropriate sport.
PER 211-4 Recreation Leadership and Leisure Service Systems (4 + 1)
Study of the development and scope of leisure service systems and principles and practices in recreation leadership services.
PER 215-2 Recreation Facility and Equipment Maintenance (2 + 0)
A study of the design and maintenance problems identified in use of recreation and park facilities and equipment. Emphasis will be directed toward community centers, swimming pools, playfields, building and park designs.
Prerequisite: PER 211.
PER 217-2 Recreation Arts and Crafts (2 + 0)
Course relates to myriad forms of recreational art and craft programs conducted in schools, youth-serving agencies, camps, public and private recreation agencies. Emphasis will be directed toward nature and meaning of crafts, graphic and manipulative arts and instruction methods.
PER 219-2 Music DramaDance in Recreation (2 + 1)
Exploration of the skills and techniques of performing arts programs in areas of music, drama, and dance in recreation services.
Prerequisite: MUS 101, or permission of instructor.
PER 231-2 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services (2 + 1)
Study of the therapeutic recreation services provided
for special populations administered by Federal, state, and local health care and treatment facilities. Course includes involvement with various health care facilities in the Denver area.
Prerequisite: PER 211.
PER 250-3 Activities for the Young Child (2 + 3)
Course is designed to acquaint the student with appropriate sports, games, gymnastics, and tumbling skills for the young child. Teaching progressions, safety factors, items of equipment spotting techniques, and leadership experiences are included.
PER 252-2 Rhythms for the Young Child
(2 + 2)
Participation and instruction in the fundamental movements, forms and patterns of creative dance, rhythms, and singing games for children.
PER 258-3 Movement Education (3 + 1)
Participation and instruction in the problem-solving method of teaching movement exploration. Designed for teachers of preschool and elementary children. Field experience assignments will be a required part of the class.
PER 300-3 School Health Programs (3 + 0) A course designed to give the prospective early childhood, elementary, and secondary teacher a foundation in school health and safety education, including content for health and safety instruction, promotion of healthful living, and an understanding of the health services program.
PER 306-2 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries (2 + 0)
Recognition, cause, prevention, treatment, and various physical therapeutic procedures for sports injuries.
Prerequisites: PER 206 or current Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Card.
PER 316-3 Water Safety Instructor Certification (3 + 1)
Methods of teaching water safety, skill analysis, and correction. Course leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor Certification. Field experience assignments will be a required part of the class.
Prerequisite: Advanced Lifesaving Certificate.
PER 330-2 Anatomical Kinesiology (2 + 0)
A study of the musculature of the human body. Analysis of joint movement and muscular involvement in various physical activities.
Prerequisite: BIO 231, or acceptable human anatomy course.
PER 331-3 Activity Analysis, Remotivation, and Socialization Techniques (3 + 1)
A study of procedures and techniques used in activity assessment and remotivation in therapeutic recreation rehabilitative settings. Emphasis will be directed toward sociological, psychological, and physiological elements that affect activity participation.
Prerequisites: SOC 101, PSY 101, BIO 232.
PER 332-3 Biomechanics (2 + 2)
Application of the principles of mechanics, physics, and mathematics to the analysis of sport activities. Cinematography, motion analysis, and prediction of performance will be essential aspects of this class. Prerequisite: PER 330, or permission of instructor.
PER 334-3 Physiology of Exercise (2 + 2) Effect of exercise on the various systems and organs of the body.
Prerequisite: BIO 232, or acceptable human physiology course.
54


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
PER 335-2 Recreation for Special Populations (2 + 0)
Study related to providing recreation services and activities to those persons who are restricted because of mental, physical, social, cultural, or economic conditions.
Prerequisite: PER 211.
PER 340-3 Methods of Teaching Secondary Physical Education (3 + 0)
Course is designed to present alternative instructional strategies on a practical application level to potential teachers of physical education at the secondary level. A cumulative strategies course established to reach those who shortly will go into their student teaching learning experience.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
PER 341-2 Camping and Outdoor Recreation (2 +1 )
History, trends, objectives, programs, skills, and techniques common to camp and outdoor recreation programs.
Prerequisites: PER 150 (Wilderness Travel: Mountaineering 1); and PER 211.
PER 350-3 Methods of Teaching Physical Education for Children (3 + 0)
Methods of teaching (traditional, exploratory, combined), techniques of class control and management, program planning, and organization will be covered in this course. Also included will be teacher responsibilities in the total elementary school program. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
PER 353-2 Waterfront, Marina, and Boating Operations (2 + 0)
Emphasis will be on development of marinas, boating and waterfront programs and facilities, nomenclature in boating, sanitation, marketing (hard and soft goods), use of Federal and state water resources, and existing agency programs.
Prerequisites: Canoeing (PER 150), Sailing (PER 150), Powerboating (PER 150): Two ot three.
PER 359-2 Teaching the Handicapped to Swim (2 + 1)
Methods of teaching swimming to students with disabilities including: Orthopedic, learning disabilites, mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed, sight and hearing difficulties, etc. Course leads to Red Cross Handicapped Swimming Certificate.
Prerequisite: PER 316.
PER 362-2 History of Physical Education (1850 to present) (2 + 0)
A study and analysis of the history of physical education from the mid-1800's to the present.
PER 371-2 Administration of Intramural Sports and Student Recreation (2 + 0)
Study of problems and techniques of organization and administration for intramural and recreation programs in schools and colleges.
PER 383-3 Urban Park and Recreation Planning (3 + 0)
Course of study directed toward the administrative planning and directing the developmental aspects of an urban park and recreation agency. Development of agency objectives, capital improvement, and systems analysis.
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 215, or permission ot Instructor.
PER 391-3 Safety Education (3 + 0)
Provides the student with knowledge about accident prevention in many areas: home, school, physical and recreational activities, traffic and community.
PER 392-4 Driver Education (Basic and Advanced) (4 + 0)
A study of the secondary school driver and traffic safety program. Emphasis on methods, materials, and resources for teaching, including discussion, demonstrations and techniques basic to classroom, on-the-street instruction, instructional aid, evaluation and research.
PER 394-3 Simulators, Ranges, and Behind-the-Wheel Techniques (3 + 0)
Designed to give the teacher a foundation in the use of multiple car driving ranges, behind-the-wheel techniques, and electro-mechanical devices. Emphasizes the use of electro-mechanical devices, films, lesson plans, and their use in curriculum planning and teaching:
Prerequisite: PER 392.
PER 396-2 Motorcycle Safety Education (2 + 0)
Designed to give the teacher a foundation and skills in the organization and conduct programs for novice motorcycle riders in secondary schools and community level. Emphasizes organization, course content, lessons, and development of skills in motorcycle riding. Prerequisite: PER 392.
PER 399-1-2 Field Experience (1 + 2) or (1 + 4)
Provides opportunities for students to gain practical experience assisting in the conduct of sports-type and recreation activities with community agencies, schools, and the College.
Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor.
PER 411-3 Recreation Program Construction and Control Processes (3 + 0)
Designed to prepare students for effective program development and budget control processes in various
55


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
types of leisure service programs. Special attention will be given to programs for public playgrounds, community centers, and regional facilities.
Prerequisite: PER 335.
PER 413-2 Administration and Organization of Recreation (2 + 0)
Programs in organizing and establishing public recreation and park services. Consideration of legislation, budgeting, staffing, and control processes in providing leisure and park services.
Prerequisites: PER 211, PER 215, PER 335.
PER 440-2 Evaluation and Measurement in Physical Education (2 + 0)
An approach to measurement and evaluation in physical education for the student. They will have the opportunity to apply measurement and evaluation in practical situations including administration of fitness tests and interpretation of results. Field experience assignments will be required.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
PER 441-2 Environmental Education (2 + 1)
A study of the development of outdoor education and school camping. Principles of programming, administration, and organization of outdoor education programs will be stressed.
PER 445-4 Camp Management and Counseling (4 + 1)
Study of recent trends and philosophies in camp management and counseling related to resident and daycamping programs. Particular attention will be directed to management, leadership, and counseling functions of personnel in the camp environment.
Prerequisite: PER 341.
PER 450-3 Perceptual Motor Learning (3 + 0)
Survey of perceptual motor theories including historical background, researchers and their work, and assessment techniques.
PER 455-4 Swimming Pool Operation and Management (4 + 0)
Study of the types of swimming facilities; how they are operated and maintained to provide optimum public use. Emphasis on staffing, supervision, program development, maintenance, and management policies. Prerequisite: PER 316
PER 460-3 Organization, Administration and Curriculum Development in Physical Education (3 + 0)
The organizational and administrative polities and procedures for curriculum development and conducting and administering physical education programs. Prerequisites: Junior standing, PER 160.
PER 462-3 Adaptive Physical Education (3 + 0)
Physical education as adapted to the physically and mentally inconvenienced in public schools for recrea-tion/physical education majors/minors, special education, and early childhood students.
PER 463-2 Recreation Programs for the Aged (2 + 1)
The role of recreation service as it relates to understanding the needs and providing programs of services to the elderly. Emphasis will be on program planning for the older adult through recreation programs, and health care facilities.
Prerequisite: PER 211, PER 335, or permission of instructor.
PER 465-4 Recreation Programs and Management Problems in Urban Ghetto
(4 + 1)
The growth and development of recreation programs related to innercity neighborhoods. Emphasis will be directed to urban program planning, advocacy involvement, political influences, management procedures, and community involvement.
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 335.
PER 473-2 Sociology of Athetlics in American Society (2 + 0)
To examine and utilize basic sociological concepts and demonstrate their manifestations in areas of recreation and athletics. To analyze the relationship of sports to society.
PER 481-2 Federal Grant and Aid Programs (2 + 0)
To acquaint the student with the categorical Federal grants-in-aid programs and their impact on state and local governments. Emphasis will be placed on resource agencies in recreation, education, conservation, environment, and beautification.
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 215.
PER 483-3 Park and Recreation Management (3 + 0)
Study of the principles, practices, and programs involved in managing municipal park and recreation systems at the administrative level. Emphasis is on finance, planning, systems, personnel practices, legal liabilities, and legislative practices.
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 215.
PER 489-10 Recreation Internship (0 + 20)
A guided experience which provides for the maturation of educational achievement within the practical environment of a leisure service agency. Supervision is provided by both the instructional staff of college and cooperating agencies.
Prerequisites: Recreation maior, Senior status, G.P.A. 2.5, completion of three-fourths of major-minor program.
NOTE: PER 399 requires prior approval for registration for course. Credit may be repeated as course changes.
READING
The Reading Department offers reading improvement courses for all students and a reading minor for elementary or secondary education majors.
The reading improvement courses emphasize development of vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and rate. A well-equipped Reading Laboratory is used to reinforce classroom instruction. The Reading Laboratory contains materials for use in improving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills as well as machines for improving reading speed. Any student may use the Laboratory. Students enrolled in the reading improvement courses work on areas identified by a diagnostic reading test administered in each class at the beginning of the semester. Many colleges and universities have used the MSC Laboratory as a model in establishing their reading programs.
The reading minor is designed to produce well-trained classroom teachers. In the developmental sequence, students take course work in methods and techniques of teaching reading and supervise a reading group for a semester in a school classroom setting.
In the remedial sequence, students learn to administer a complete reading diagnosis, write a comprehensive case report based on the study of current remedial theory, develop materials for students with reading difficulties, and work on a one-to-one basis with students with severe reading problems. Much of the work for both sequences is done in schools in the metropolitan area.
56


CENTER FOR EDUCATION
Reading Minor
Required Courses
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary ...............................
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate ..........................
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in the Content
Areas: Secondary.......................
RDG 360 Practicum in Teaching Reading ... RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials RDG 435 Remedial Reading Theories and
Diagnosis..............................
RDG 460 Practicum in Teaching Remedial Reading ..................................
Semester
Hours
3
3/
2/
.V
3-5
20-22
Electives Additional semester hours selected in consultation with and approved by the faculty in Reading.
Total
Highly Recommended
RDG 339 Reading Laboratory Experience ....
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English
Speakers ...............................
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom (competency in Spanish required).
RDG 100-1 or 2 or 3 Elements of Reading (1 f- 0, or 2 f 0, or 3 + 0)
Offered under a variety of topics, each 1-credit module covers a basic skill or competency: comprehension, memory and testtaking, phonics, rate, spelling, and vocabulary.
RDG 102-2 Study Techniques (2 + 0)
Course provides instruction and practice in study skills (i.e., note-taking, studying for tests). Class includes lectures, discussions, individualized instruction, and practice sessions. Students encouraged to work individually on specific study problems.
RDG 103-3 Communication Skills (3 + 0) This course is designed to help students improve their communication skills by providing them with information and practice in study skills, reading comprehension and rate, writing mechanics, organization and style, and speaking.
RDG 104-3 Improvement of Reading I (2 + 2)
A course for the improvement of reading comprehension, speed, vocabulary, and general performance in all college courses. Individual work in the Reading Laboratory required. Some sections are self-paced.
RDG 105-2 Improvement of Reading II
(1+2)
An advanced course for developing critical reading techniques, study skills in various subject areas, vocabulary improvement, and flexible reading rates. Individual work in the Reading Laboratory required. Prerequisite: RDG 104 or permission ol instructor.
RDG 328-2 Teaching of Reading in the Content Areas: Secondary (2 + 0)
Approaches to teaching developmental reading at the secondary (Junior-Senior High School) level and to teaching of reading skills in the content areas. Special attention given to preparing lesson plans in various subject matter areas which simultaneously teach reading skills.
Prerequisite: RDG 312 (may be taken concurrently) or Secondary Education Major.
RDG 339-2 Reading Laboratory Experience (0 + 4)
Course provides reading minors with experience supervising the Reading Laboratory and the Curriculum Center, acting as teaching assistants in lower division courses, and developing course materials.
Prerequisite: 6 hours ot 300 level reading courses.
RDG 353-2 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers (1 + 2)
Theories, methods, and techniques for teaching language and reading to the non-English speaker. A minimum of 25 hours of tutoring with a non-English speaker is required.
Prerequisite: RDG 312.
RDG 358-3 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom (3 + 0)
Emphasis on the teaching of Spanish reading skills in the bilingual-bicultural classroom, pre-school through third grade. A study of methods and techniques for systematically teaching the primary child to speak and read the Spanish language.
Prerequisite: RDG 312 and proliciency in Spanish.
RDG 360-3 Practicum in Reading (1 + 4)
The planning, preparing, and presenting of lesson plans for a group of students in developmental reading programs. This course is designed to acquaint prospective teachers with the practical application of theoretical concepts of teaching. Forty-eight clock hours of experience in the school are required. Prerequisite: RDG 313 or permission ot instructor.
RDG 434-2 Development of Reading Materials (2 + 0)
Analysis and construction of reading games and materials for use in developmental, remedial, and corrective reading programs.
Prerequisite: RDG 360 (may be taken concurrently), or permission ol instructor.
RDG 435-4 Remedial Reading Theories and Diagnosis (4 + 0)
A study of the factors which may contribute to reading disability, the means by which these may be diagnosed or determined, the extent to which they are causally connected, and the corrective procedures to be followed in eliminating or mitigating these factors.
Prerequisite: RDG 360 (may be taken concurrently), or permission of instructor.
RDG 312-3 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Primary (3 + 0)
Course includes reading process, scope and sequence of skill development, current and past materials, terminology, basal reading programs, research and issues related to teaching reading with emphasis on the primary (K-3) level, and techniques of teaching beginning reading.
RDG 313-3 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Intermediate (3 + 0)
Approaches to teaching reading at the intermediate level (4-6). Course includes skill area techniques, content area reading, individualized reading, planning lessons and units, and use of the informal reading inventory.
Prerequisite: RDG 312 (may be taken concurrently) or permission of instructor.
RDG 449-2 Current Reading Issues: Variable Topics (2 + 0)
Course examines reading topics of current interest in depth. This course may be repeated for credit if different topics are covered.
Prerequisite: 6 hours of 300 level reading courses or permission ol instructor.
RDG 460-3-5 Practicum in Remedial Reading (1 + 4), (1 + 6), (1 + 8) Administration of diagnostic reading tests to students with severe reading disabilities and planning and implementation of remediation procedures based on diagnosis. Forty-eight clock hours of practicum in the school are required for 3 credits; 72 hours for 4 credits; 96 hours for 5 credits.
Prerequisite: RDG 435 or permission ot Instructor.
57


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Verne C. Kennedy, Jr., Dean ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS: Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology Electronics Engineering Technology Mechanical Engineering Technology


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The School of Engineering Technology provides technical education to prepare graduates for employment in a wide variety of technological fields. Engineering Technology is that part of the Engineering field which requires the application of scientific knowledge and engineering methods, combined with the necessary technical skills to carry out and support engineering activities. The program includes courses in Humanities and Social Sciences to broaden the students' general education. The various fields of Engineering Technology offer great opportunities for women, due to their demonstrated ability in technical areas and the demands on the part of industry for women with technological skills.
The School of Engineering Technology offers programs in civil, electronic, and mechanical engineering technology with a number of areas of specialization which allow the student to concentrate in certain interest areas. In addition to the Engineering Technology programs, degrees are granted in Meteorology, Quality Assurance, Surveying, Technical Management and Industrial Marketing.
The school offers two degrees, the Associate in Applied Science and the Bachelor of Science.
ASSOCIATE IN APPLIED SCIENCE
The Associate in Applied Science degree is awarded upon completion of a selected two year program. The student may decide to accept employment as a technician having completed a program designed to satisfy industry's needs. The Associate in Applied Science degree also prepares the student for continuing work towards the Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering Technology. The Associate degree curricula is planned for continuation of study, if the student desires, for a baccalaureate degree in Engineering Technology. This combination, called 2+2, provides the Bachelor degree graduate with a strong preparation in technology fields and industrial operations. It is not designed as a preengineering course for direct transfer of credits to a four year engineering school.
THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The Engineering Technology program provides the student with the opportunity to receive a Bachelor of Science degree In a designated program area. In these programs, students are required to take additional courses in Science, Mathematics and the application of Engineering principles that prepare him to become a strong member of the technological team required by industry and government. The student may combine business with technology and receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Technical Management or Industrial Marketing. The four year trained Engineering Technologist fills the gap created by increased emphasis on the development of scientifically oriented engineers, and more efficient utilization of engineering manpower has created a large demand for the technologist. The four year baccalaureate programs are designed to prepare students for greater technical and managerial responsibilities.
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The specialized fields within the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology include programs in Civil Engineering Technology, Drafting, Meteorology, and Surveying, with a wide variety of program options available. The Meteorology Technology program and the Survey program are separate, specialized four-year programs. Their individual curriculum requirements are listed separately.
Civil Engineering Technology graduates apply engineering principles in performing many of the tasks necessary for the planning and construction of highways, buildings, railroads, bridges, reservoirs, dams, irrigation works, water systems, airports, and other structures. In planning for a construction project, they may participate in estimating costs, preparing specifications for materials, and participate in surveying, drafting, and design work. During the construction phase, the engineering technologist works closely with the contractor and the superintendent in scheduling construction activities and the inspection of the work
for conformity to specifications. In recent years, a major work area for Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology relates to environmental considerations with particular emphasis on the preparation of environmental impact studies.
Following are the curriculum requirements for the various degrees, minors, and areas of increased emphasis offered.
Associate in Applied Science
Required Technical Studies Hours
CEN 100 The Engineering Technology
Profession ................................. 1
CEN 110 Civil Technology I ................. 3
CEN 111 Civil Technology II................. 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ................ 3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II................ 3
CEN 210 Structural Drawing.................. 3
CEN 212 Topographic Drawing ................ 3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics............... 3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry ............... 2
CEN 251 Surveying I ........................ 3
CEN 310 Contracts and Specifications...... 3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines.... 3
MET 101 Materials Fabrication............... 3
COM 271 Technical Writing .................. 3
Subtotal 39
Required General Studies
English Composition............................ 6
Humanities..................................... 3
MTH111 ........................................ 4
MTH112 ........................................ 3
PHY 121 ....................................... 5
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences.............. 3
Subtotal 24 Total 63
Civil Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
The four year baccalaureate program is built on the two-plus-two" concept. That is, it is presumed that a Bachelor of Science candidate usually will have completed a two-year associate degree program or equivalent at Metropolitan State College or another institution. Therefore, only additional requirements for the upper two years are listed here.
Required Technical Studies
CEN 216 Mechanics II Strength of Materials 3
CEN 252 Surveying II....................... 3
CEN 316 Mechanics III Dynamics........... 3
CEN 318 Fluid Mechanics.................... 3
CEN 319 Hydrology ......................... 3
CEN 400 Senior Seminar..................... 3
Subtotal 18
Technical Electives: Must include a Technology area of specialization or a College minor of not less than eighteen (18) semester hours,
59


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Semester
Hours
as approved by the Department (See various
areas following.)............................. 18
Subtotal 36
Required General Studies
Humanities .................................... 6
Social and Behavioral Science.................. 6
MTH 141 ....................................... 4
MTH241 ........................................ 4
PHY 122 ....................................... 5
Chemistry...................................... 5
Subtotal 30
Total 66
Construction: Area of Specialization
Required Technical Studies
CEN 123 Architectural Drawing............... 3
CEN211 Computing and Estimating............ 3
CEN 312 Engineering Economy ................ 3
CEN 313 Materials Engineering............... 3
CEN 351 Curves and Earthwork................ 3
CEN 413 Soils Mechanics..................... 3
CEN 498 Independent Study................. 1-5
Total 19-23
Environmental: Area of Specialization
Required Technical Studies
CEN 240 Meteorology and the Urban
Environment ............................... 2
CEN 330 Sanitation and Sewerage............. 3
CEN 331 Fundamentals and Sanitation....... 3
CEN 430 Environmental Technology............ 3
CEN 490 Environmental Impact Statements
Background Part I ....................... 3
CEN 499 Environmental Impact Statements
Part II ................................... 3
Approved Technical Elective .................. 3
Total 20
Structures: Area of Specialization
Required Technical Studies
CEN 317 Mechanics IV ....................... 3
CEN 410 Timber Technology................... 3
CEN 411 Steel Technology ................... 3
CEN 412 Concrete Technology................. 3
CEN 413 Soils Mechanics..................... 3
Approved Technical Electives.................. 6
Total 21
Surveying and Mapping: Area of Specialization
Required Technical Studies
CEN 350 Applied Astronomy for Surveyors .... 2
CEN 351 Curves and Earthwork................ 3
CEN 352 Route Surveying..................... 3
CEN 450 Cadastral Surveying................. 3
CEN 451 Advanced Surveying ................. 3
CEN 452 Introduction to Photogrammetry ----- 3
Approved Technical Electives................. _3
Total 20
Minor in Civil Engineering Technology
Required Technical Studies
CEN 110 Civil Technology I.................. 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ................ 3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics............... 3
CEN 251 Surveying I ........................ 3
CEN 310 Contracts and Specifications........ 3
Approved Upper Division Technical Elective ... 3
Approved Lower Division Technical Elective ... 3
Total 2?
DRAFTING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Associate in Applied Science
Required Technical Studies Hours
CEN 100 The Engineering Technology
Profession .................................. 1
CEN 110 Civil Technology I.................... 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I .................. 3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II.................. 3
CEN 123 Architectural Drawing................. 3
CEN 210 Structural Drawing.................... 3
CEN 212 Topographic Drawing .................. 3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics.................. 3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry.................. 2
CEN 310 Contracts and Specifications........ 3
CEN 320 Advanced Technical Drawing............ 3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines...... 3
MET 101 Materials Fabrication ................ 3
MET 206 Elements of Machine Design............ 3
COM 271 Technical Writing .................. _3
Subtotal 42
Required General Studies
English Composition............................. 6
Humanities...................................... 3
MTH 111 ........................................ 4
MTH 112......................................... 3
PHY 121 ........................................ 5
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences.............. _3
Subtotal 24
Total 66
Minor in Drafting Engineering Technology
Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I .................. 3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II.................. 3
CEN 123 Architectural Drawing................. 3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry ................. 2
CEN 320 Advanced Technical Drawing............ 3
MET 206 Elements of Machine Design............ 3
Approved Upper Division Elective............... 3
Total 20
METEOROLOGY TECHNOLOGY
The Meteorology Technologist represents the liaison between meteorological information and the public. He collects, analyzes and, subsequently, translates the information for public use. The public includes such varied groups as large general contractors, public and private utilities, heavy manufacturing, chemical processing plants, agriculture, transportation (including aviation services), government (such as the military and federal agencies), and research organizations.
The Meteorology Technologist must be familiar with fundamental meteorological theory and analysis practices as well as instrumentation, data processing, and communications concepts. The program is designed to provide the student with the concepts of meteorology while emphasizing one or two chosen areas of public need.
Meteorology Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Technical Studies
CEN 140 Basic Meteorology.................... 3
CEN 240 Meteorology and the Urban
Environment............................... 2
CEN 241 Meteorological Instrumentation..... 3
CEN 340 Synoptic Meteorology................. 3
CEN 341 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory ... 4
CEN 343 Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology.................................... 3
60


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Semester
Hours
CEN 344 Dynamic Meteorology:
Atmospheric Processes........................ 3
CEN 345 Dynamic Meteorology:
Kinematics and Dynamics...................... 3
CEN 440 Applied Meteorology..................... 3
CEN 441 Meteorological Numerical Products .. 2
CEN 442 Industrial Meteorology ................. 2
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems ... 3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines ...... 3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics.............. 3
Subtotal 40
Technical Electives: Must include a Technology area of concentration or College Minor of not
less than eighteen (18) semester hours, as approved by the department.............. 36
Subtotal 76
Required General Studies
English Composition.......................... 6
Humanities................................... 8
Social and Behavioral Science................ 8
MTH 111 and 112.............................. 7
MTH 141 and 241 ............................. 8
PHY 121 and 122 ............................ 10
Subtotal 47
Total 123
Minor in Meteorology Technology
Required Technical Studies
CEN 140 Basic Meteorology........... 3
CEN 340 Synoptic Meteorology........ 3
CEN 341 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory ... 4
CEN 343 Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology 3
CEN 440 Applied Meteorology......... 3
Approved Technical Electives................. 4
Total 20
SURVEYING
Surveying involves the measurement of distances, directions, and/or differences in elevation between two or more points and the related research, procedures, calculations, and records related thereto. Survey measurements are made for construction and engineering work, property or boundary location, topographic and photogrammetric mapping, geodetic control, and many other uses, all of which require careful field and computational procedures. The Bachelor of Science in Surveying major is designed to provide basic theoretical training with practical applications for a career as a surveying professional. The intent of this curriculum is to familiarize the student with modern field and computational procedures used in routine and specialized surveying services. The program is flexible, allowing a course of study that fulfills the objectives of the student, while insuring a sound surveying education. Following completion of the required professional experience, the individual will be qualified to take the State Board Examination for Registered Land Surveyors.
Surveying Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ................ 3
CEN 212 Topographic Drawing................. 3
CEN 251 Surveying i ........................ 3
CEN 252 Surveying II........................ 3
CEN 350 Applied Astronomy for Surveying .... 2
CEN 351 Curves and Earthwork................ 3
CEN 352 Route Surveying..................... 3
CEN 450 Cadastral Surveying................. 3
CEN 451 Advanced Surveying.................. 3
CEN 452 Intro to Photogrammetry............. 3
CEN 453 Legal Procedures and Land Law .... 3
CEN 299 and/or 499 Surveying Internship ....3-10
Semester
Hours
MTH 151 Computing ........................... 4
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics........... 4
Subtotal 43-50
Technical Electives: Must include a Technology area of concentration or College Minor of not less than eighteen (18) semester hours, as ap-
proved by the department.................. 36
Subtotal 79-86
Required General Studies
English Composition........................... 6
Humanities.................................... 8
Social and Behavioral Science ................ 8
MTH 111 and 112............................... 7
MTH 141 and 241 .............................. 8
PHY 121 and 122 ............................. 10
Subtotal 47 Total 126-133
Minor in Surveying
Required Technical Studies
CEN 212 Topographic Drawing.................. 3
CEN 251 Surveying I ......................... 3
CEN 252 Surveying II......................... 3
CEN 351 Curves and Earthwork................. 3
CEN 450 Cadastral Surveying ................. 3
CEN 299 or CEN 499 Survey Internship......... 3-6
Approved Technical Elective..................... 3
Total 21-24
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
CEN 100-1 The Engineering Technology Profession (1 +0)
History and development of the fields of science, engineering, and technology; educational requirements, employment opportunities, and trends in the various fields. Required of all Civil Engineering Technology majors.
CEN 110-3 Civil Technology I (3 + 0)
An introduction to the profession of engineering technology with emphasis on the history, role, work, and challenge to civil engineering technologists. Education, study habits, communications, and problem solving are stressed.
CEN 111-3 Civil Technology II (3 + 0)
Continuation of CEN 100 with emphasis on the tools of engineering problem solving, the problem, the influencing factors, the analysis, and the creative design process itself.
Prerequisite: CEN 110, or permission of Instructor.
CEN 120-3 Technical Drawing I (2 + 4)
An introductory course in technical drawing. Covers the use of instruments, lettering, geometric construction, sketching, and orthographies.
CEN 121-3 Technical Drawing II (2 + 4)
Continuation of CEN 120 to include advanced study in orthographic projection, dimensioning, auxiliary views, and sectioning.
Prerequisite: CEN 120.
CEN 123-3 Architectural Drawing (2 + 4)
Introduction to architectural working drawings. Development of plans, sections, elevations, and details. Prerequisite: CEN 121.
CEN 140-3 Basic Metereology (3 + 0)
Explains basic concepts of meteorology phenomena: high and low pressure areas, air masses, fronts, and precipitation processes. Includes the various reports and forecasts published by the National Weather Service.
61


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
CEN 141-2 Basic Meteorology for Aerospace Students (2 + 0)
Explains basic concepts of meteorology phenomena. Includes reading and use of reports and forecasts published by the National Weather Service. Will prepare students for FAA Private Pilots Examination.
CEN 210-3 Structural Drawing (2 + 4)
Study and preparation of necessary drawings of structural members and connections including engineering layout and detail drawing.
Prerequisite: CEN 121.
CEN 211-3 Computing and Estimating (2 + 4)
Methods of taking off quantities from plans; methods of arriving at lump sum and unit prices, and estimating total costs from quantities.
Prerequisite: CEN 210.
CEN 212-3 Topographic Drawing (2 + 4)
A study of map symbols, types of contours, sources for map data, and methods used in map plotting. Students prepare plats and topographic maps.
Prerequisites: CEN 121, 251, or permission of instructor.
CEN 215-3 Mechanics I Statics (3 + 0) Elementary principles of engineering statics. Prerequisite: MTH 112.
CEN 216-3 Mechanics II (2 + 3)
Basic theory of strength of materials.
Prerequisites: CEN 215 and MTH 112.
CEN 220-2 Descriptive Geometry (1 +3)
A graphic study of the relative position of points, lines, and planes in space.
Prerequisite: CEN 121.
CEN 240-2 Meteorology and the Urban Environment (2 + 0)
Examines the social, economic, and ecological effects of weather on the urban environment. Emphasis is on air pollution problems in the Denver area. Topics considered are heavy precipitation storms and strong winds.
CEN 241-3 Meteorological Instrumentation (2 + 2)
Acquaints the student with the various types and nature of meteorological instrumentation in operations and research field work. Instruments are examined in class and in the field with emphasis upon calibration and maintenance.
Prerequisites: CEN 140 and EET 200.
CEN 242-3 The Use of Radar in Meteorology (2 + 2)
Examines the uses of radar in meteorological observation, analysis, and forecasting. Various types of radars and analysis techniques used with each radar are discussed.
Prerequisite: CEN 241, or permission of instructor.
CEN 251-3 Surveying I (2 + 3)
Instruction in use of the engineers tape, transit, and level, and methods of recording field data in note form. Also included is traverse layout and computing. Prerequisite: MTH 112, or permission of instructor.
CEN 252-3 Surveying II (2 + 3)
Continuation of CEN 251. Covers instruments, theories, and procedures more advanced than those in CEN 251 including analysis, automatic levels, theodolites, EDM, field astronomy, coordinates, and photogrammetry.
Prerequisites: CEN 251 and MTH 112, or permission of instructor.
CEN 310-3 Contracts and Specifications (3 + 0)
A study of contract documents, proposals, award procedures, bonding, liens, arbitration, litigation, and the role of the expert witness.
Prerequisite: CEN 211.
CEN 312-3 Engineering Economy (3 + 0)
To use the "Time Value of Money" as a basis for evaluating alternatives in engineering decision-making. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
CEN 313-3 Materials Engineering (3 + 0)
Covers materials used in industry, their properties and how they are measured, characterization of materials, and processing of materials. Includes metals, plastics, and ceramics.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
CEN 316-3 Mechanics Ill-Dynamics (3 + 0)
Covers dynamics. Includes kinematics, force mass acceleration, work and energy, impulse and momentum, and vibrations.
Prerequisites: CEN 215 and MTH 141.
CEN 317-3 Mechanics IV (3 + 0)
Basic structural analysis.
Prerequisite: CEN 316.
CEN 318-3 Fluid Mechanics (3 + 0)
Covers physical properties of fluids, hydrostatics, kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow, flow measurements, flow in pipes and open channels, dynamic force and momentum.
Prerequisite: CEN 316.
CEN 319-3 Hydrology (3 + 0)
Includes the study of the hydrologic cycle, rainfall and runoff, water losses, snowmelt, ground water, unit hydrograph, floods and flood routing, streamflow records, frequency and duration, and water resources planning. Prerequisite: CEN 318.
CEN 320-3 Advanced Technical Drawing (2 + 4)
Students develop advanced skills in technical drawing. Prerequisite: CEN 220.
CEN 330-3 Sanitation and Sewerage (2 + 3)
A study of water and sewerage to include water supply, sources, potability, quantity estimates, distribution, treatment, and usage.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
CEN 331-3 Fundamentals of Sanitation (Waste Disposal) (2 + 3)
A continuation of studies in sanitation with emphasis on liquid and solid waste disposal. Fundamentals of treatment, plant design, and plant operation. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
CEN 340-3 Synoptic Meteorology (3 + 0)
An advanced course in meteorological phenomena. An emphasis is placed upon the understanding of stability in the atmosphere and the interpretation of upper air patterns. Includes discussions on pollution, weather modification and satellite meteorology.
Prerequisite: CEN 140.
CEN 341-4 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory (2 + 4)
This course is designed to familiarize the student with map analysis and forecasting techniques. Various methods will be examined by application. Operational techniques will be simulated within the laboratory. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
62


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
CEN 343-3 Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology (3 + 0)
Presents the basic laws and concepts related to the behavior of the atmosphere. The relationship between meteorology, thermodynamics and hydrodynamics are examined. Atmospheric phenomena explained in terms of theory developed.
Prerequisites: CEN 340 and MTH 241.
CEN 344-3 Dynamic Meteorology: Atmospheric Process (3 + 0)
The study of physical processes: atmospheric radiative transfer, exchange of momentum, heat and water substance, diffusion of atmospheric pollutants and cloud physics.
Prerequisite: CEN 343.
CEN 345-3 Dynamic Meteorology: Kinematics and Dynamics (3 + 0)
The study of kinematics, the equations of motion, circulation, vorticity, divergence, atmospheric long waves, and energy relationships.
Prerequisite: CEN 343.
CEN 346-3 Meteorology and Flight Operations (3 + 0)
The application of meteorological principles to aviation operations. Concentrates upon stability and turbulence, clear-air turbulence, aircraft icing problems, jet-stream weather and airborne radar.
Prerequisites: CEN 140 or CEN 141.
CEN 350-2 Applied Astronomy for Surveying (2 + 0)
Includes spherical geometry, spherical trigonometry, and study of the celestial sphere with solutions involving direction, time, latitude, and longitude.
Prerequisites: CEN 252 and MTH 112.
CEN 351-3 Curves and Earthwork (3 + 0)
A first course in Route Surveying. The course emphasizes development and computations for circular, parabolic, and spiral highway curves. Cross sections and earthwork are covered.
Prerequisite: CEN 252.
CEN 352-3 Route Surveying (3 + 0)
A second course in Route Surveying. Design criteria related to route surveying is covered, including superelevation, sight distance, interchanges, mass diagram, EDM and computer applications, and construction surveying.
Prerequisite: CEN 351.
CEN 400-3 Senior Seminar (3 + 0)
Study of selected technological topics and analysis of the interrelationship of engineering technology fields. Each student prepares and presents papers and or projects on suitable subjects on an individual or team basis.
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
CEN 410-3 Timber Technology (3 + 0) Timber uses in modern day construction applications are studied. Physical and mechanical properties beams, girders, trusses, decking. Allowable stresses and proper fastenings are examined.
Prerequisite: CEN 317.
CEN 411-3 Steel Technology (3 + 0)
Analysis and application of steel structures including loading stresses in members, selection and application of connectors. Emphasis on practical solutions to problems and influences on design.
Prerequisites: CEN 317 and MTH 241.
CEN 412-3 Concrete Technology (3 + 0)
Analysis and application of concrete structures including columns, beams, slabs, walls and other types. Prerequisite: CEN 411.
CEN 413-3 Soils Mechanics (2 + 4)
Soil properties are studied and soil characteristics introduced; methods of sampling and analysis are treated. Variations in behavior under different loading conditions are analyzed.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
CEN 430-3 Environmental Technology (3 + 2)
Covers the fundamentals of environmental sanitation, to include an overview of disease transmission and control; hygienic disposal of wastes; air, ground, and water pollution abatement and control. Field trips to control facilities and agencies.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
CEN 431-3 Environmental Technology Practices (3 + 0)
Continuing studies in sanitation technology covering regulatory and control measures. Planning, public relations, and other aspects. Regulatory statutes, bodies, regulations, reports, and possible new control arrangements are reviewed and discussed.
Prerequisite: CEN 430.
CEN 440-3 Applied Meteorology (3 + 0) Designed for teaching students to apply knowledge gained in synoptic meteorology. This course will provide applications of meteorological patterns for planning. Special topics include weather and energy, industrial applications, and mountain weather.
Prerequisite: CEN 340.
CEN 441-2 Meteorological Numerical Products (2 + 1)
To examine the various numerical products that have been developed and are utilized on an operational basis. Included In discussions are barotropic and baro-clinic models, data process techniques, and display and presentation methods.
Prerequisite: CEN 345.
CEN 442-2 Industrial Meteorology (2 + 1) The problems associated with the relationship between the atmosphere and various types of industry, industrial site locations, pollution sources and controls. Includes the composition and behavior of pollution sources and controls.
Prerequisites: CEN 340 and CEN 344.
CEN 443-2 Meteorology and Media (0 + 4)
The student will develop analysis and forecast products for daily briefings, newspaper reports, radio and television presentations. Included are public needs and problems associated with each type of media presentation.
Prerequisite: CEN 341.
CEN 450-3 Cadastral Surveying (3 + 0)
A first course in land surveying. Includes the history of land surveys in the U. S., land descriptions, conveyances, and monumentation.
Prerequisite: CEN 252.
CEN 451-3 Advanced Surveying (2 + 3)
An advanced course in surveying measurement and theory. Coverage includes control traverses and triangulation, EDM, State Plane Coordinates, and adjustment computations.
Prerequisites: CEN 252, CEN 350, and MTH 141.
CEN 452-3 Introduction to Photogrammetry (2 + 3)
Photo interpretation, control points and paneling, stereo
63


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
plotters and aerotriangulation.
Prerequisite: CBN 252.
CEN 453-3 Legal Procedures and Land Law (3 + 0)
The second course in land surveying. Includes conveyances, the importance of evidence, unwritten rights, surveying laws, and trial procedures.
Prerequisite: CEN 450.
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Electronics Engineering Technology graduates act as a liaison between the electronic engineer and the skilled worker. They possess some of the know-why of the engineer and some of the "know-how" of the craftsman.
Graduates are employed in a variety of positions as engineering technicians or technologists working with engineers and scientists in some of the following functional areas:
Semester
Hours
EET211 Electronics I ........................... 6
EET212 Electronics II........................... 6
26
The Following Related Technical Courses Are Required
CEN 100 The Technology Profession .............. 1
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology .................................. 3
4
Additional Course Requirements
English ........................................ 6
Humanities...................................... 3
Social/Behavioral Science....................... 3
Math (111, 112) ................................ 7
'Physics (121, or 125).......................... 5
Chemistry....................................... 5
COM 271 Technical Writing ..................... _3
32
Total 62
Research and Development
Technical activities in research and development are primarily directed towards obtaining new information and new knowledge of the field. The engineering technologist is a member of the research team, along with scientists and engineers. This specific work may involve the development and manufacture of prototypes, test and evaluation of equipment, or other activities necessary to render technical support to a research project.
Electronic Manufacturing
A graduate employed in a manufacturing facility might be involved in actual manufacturing, fabrication, test, prototype development, calibration, quality control, maintenance, or field service. He may also in some cases become heavily involved in sales engineering.
Manufacturing Plants
In all other areas of industry, the rapid advancement of sophisticated electronic instrumentation is opening vast fields for the engineering technology graduates. Practically all on line" control processes are electronically directed. In this area, maintenance, calibration, installation, as well as personnel supervisory positions are available to the engineering technologist.
Services
Service engineering has become a field of Its own. This involves extensive activities in the field of computers, communications, instrumentation, new product development, and numerous other activities involving electrical and electronic systems.
The EET curriculum provides a strong foundation in mathematics and science as well as a thorough treatment of the characteristics of electric circuits and electronic devices. In the four-year program, specialization may be achieved by selection of individual programs or areas of emphasis included within the scope of the department offerings.
Following are the specific technical courses required for both the Associate of Applied Science Degree as well as the Bachelor of Science Degree in Electronics Engineering Technology:
Associate in Applied Science Required EET Courses EET 111 D.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments ....................
EET112 A.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments ................................. 6
EET 202 Electronic Drafting..................... 2
Electronics Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science The Bachelor of Science program is based on the "two-plus-two concept. In addition to the program listed under the Associate of Applied Science above, the following courses are required: (Note: EET 202-2 listed under the AAS requirements is not a requirement for the BS program if one chooses to go directly to the BS without the AAS degree.)
Required Courses
EET 311 Advanced Electrical and
Electronic Circuits I ......................... 4
EET 312 Advanced Electrical and
Electronic Circuits II......................... 4
EET 332 Digital Circuits I........................ 3
EET 366 Electrical Measurements................... 2
EET 410 Electrical/Electronic
Technology Seminar ............................ 2
Upper Division EET Electives...................... 6
21
Additional Course Requirements
Humanities ....................................... 6
Social/Behavioral Science......................... 6
Math (141, 241)................................... 8
Physics (122, or 126)........................... _5
25
Minor or EET Specialization...................... 18
Electives (Preferably in Math,
Science, Technology, or Business............... 2
20
Total 126
Communications Specialization
Required EET Courses
EET 331 Pulse Circuits ...................... 2
EET 362 Communication I ..................... 3
EET 363 Communication II..................... 3
EET 365 Avionics II ......................... 3
EET 367 Instruments and Measurements....... 3
EET 368 Principles of Radar.................. 2
EET 446 Servomechanisms and Control
Circuits.................................. _4
- 20
Avionics Specialization
Required Courses
EET 331 Pulse Circuits....................... 2
EET 364 Avionics I .......................... 3
EET 365 Avionics II.......................... 3
Physics 121 and 122 are recommended for students in the 4-year program.
Semester
Hours
64


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Semester
Hours
EET 368 Principles of Radar.................. 2
EET 446 Servomechanisms and Control
Circuits.................................. 4
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion .... 3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulation . 3
20
Control Systems Specialization
Required EET Courses
EET 333 Digital Circuits II..................... 3
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and
Operation.................................... 4
EET 367 Instruments and Measurements......... 3
EET 435 Minicomputer Applications............... 3
EET 446 Servomechanisms and Control
Circuits..................................... 4
EET 451 Circuit Analysis with
Operational Math ............................ 3
EET 453 Applications of Operational
Amplifiers................................... 3
23
Computer Technology Specialization
Required Courses
EET 331 Pulse Circuits ......................... 2
EET 333 Digital Circuits II .................... 3
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and
Operations................................... 4
EET 435 Minicomputer Applications............... 3
EET 453 Applications of Operational Amplifiers 3 MTH 151 Computing I ............................ 4
19
Minor in Electronics Engineering Technology
Required EET Courses
EET 111 D.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments ................................... 6
EET 112 A.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments ................................... 6
EET 301 Principles of Electronics and
Electronics Circuits I......................... 4
EET 302 Principles of Electronics and
Electronics Circuits II ....................... 4
Upper Division EET Electives...................... 4
24
TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
Technical Management is an interdisciplinary program training students to become technically proficient in order to handle their own jobs effectively and to communicate with and manage technical specialists. Because of the skills, insight, knowledge, and maturity of judgment demanded in the field, the program is on a high level and the 130 semester hour minimum requirement exceeds the traditional 120 hours that most programs demand. Graduates are needed for positions in value engineering, logistics engineering, quality control, maintenance engineering, systems analysis or management, operations research, and field engineering. This program has been coordinated with several industrial management representatives and is administered jointly through the Schools of Business and Engineering Technology.
Students completing the Technical Management Program requirements are not required to complete a separate minor.
Technical Management Major for
Bachelor of Science General Studies
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition......... 6
Humanities
SPE101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication............................ 3
Semester
Hours
Elective ........................................ 6
Social and/or Behavioral Science
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro .. 3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro .. 3
Elective ........................................ 3
Science and Mathematics
* MTH 141 Essentials of Calculus................ 4
MTH 241 Calculus .......................... 4
Career
BEC 200 Business Communications....... 3
Subtotal 35
Technology Course Studies
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology ................................... 3
CEN110 Civil Technology I.................... 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...................... 3
CEN211 Computing and Estimating.............. 3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics.................... 3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis .................. 3
MET 304 Work Simplification and
Methods Design ............................... 3
MET 400 Project Engineering................... 3
MET 404 Plant Layout.......................... 3
MET 405 Production Control ................... 3
MET 430 Transportation Problems .............. 3
MET 450 Engineering Management................ 3
EET 111 D.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments .................................. 6
EET112 A.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments .................................. 6
EET 301 Principles of Electronics and
Electronics Circuits ......................... 4
Subtotal 52
Business Course Studies
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I............ 3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II........... 3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report
Writing ...................................... 3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems ... 3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics .... 3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making ......... 3
FIN 350 Principles of Finance................. 3
MGT 221 Business Law I ....................... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.............. 3
MGT 350 Managerial Economics.................. 3
MGT 353 Personnel Management.................. 3
MGT 355 Prod, and Operations Management . 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations.................. 3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior............... 3
MGT 455 Systems-Product Management....... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing............... 3
Subtotal 48
Total 135
Industrial Marketing
The Industrial Marketing Program links sales and manufacturing. Specialists are trained to become familiar with designing, manufacturing, branding, packaging, transporting, labeling, pricing, selling, and servicing products. In addition, the curriculum develops an awareness of the policies and practices of manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, and users of technical goods. Graduates may expect to find positions in retail and wholesale industrial sales positions, in the areas of advertising and promotion, and in the field of marketing planning. Administration of the program is handled jointly through the Departments of Electronics Technology and Marketing. Students completing the Industrial Marketing Program are not required to complete a separate minor.
Note: MTH 141 requires prerequisite of MTH 112 or MTH 140.
65


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Industrial Marketing Major for Bachelor of Science
General Studies
Semester
Hours
ENG 101 Freshman Composition: The Essay . 3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation................... 3
Humanities
SPE101 Fund, of Speech Communications .. 3
Elective ................................... 6
Science and Mathematics
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the
Management and Social Sciences............... 4
PHY 125 Physics of Technology I................. 5
Social and/or Behavioral Science
ECO 201 Prin. of Economics Macro ............. 3
PSY101 Introductory Psychology.............. 3
Elective ....................................... 3
Career
BEC 200 Business Communications.............. 3
Subtotal 36
Technology Course Studies
CEN 100 The Technology Profession............... 1
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology .................................. 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ................. 3
CEN 110 Civil Technology .................... 3
MET 130 Quality Assurance Technology...... 3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis............... 3
MET 405 Production Control .................. 3
MET 430 Transportation Problems.............. 3
EET111 D.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments ................................. 6
EET112 A.C. Circuits and Laboratory
Instruments ................................. 6
EET 301 Principles of Electronics and
Electronics Circuits ........................ 4
Electives....................................... 8
Subtotal 46
Business Course Studies
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I........... 3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.......... 3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report
Writing ..................................... 3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems .. 3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics ... 3
FIN 350 Principles of Finance................ 3
MGT 221 Business Law I....................... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management............. 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.............. 3
MKT 301 Marketing Research................... 3
MKT 311 Advertising ......................... 3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior.................... 3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management .. 3
Subtotal 39
121
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
EET 100-2 Survey of Electricity and Electronics for Non-Technology Majors (2 + 0)
This survey course explains the basic principles of electricity and electronics in non-mathematical terms. It also provides general information on the operation of devices and equipment of general interest.
EET 106-3 Applied Technical Mathematics (3 + 0)
Designed to assist the student majoring in technology by providing background and understanding in applied mathematics.
Prerequisite: MTH 100, or permission of instructor.
EET 111-6 D.C. Circuits and Laboratory Instruments (5 + 2)
A study of the concepts of electricity and analysis of resistive circuits, single time constant circuits, magnetic circuits, and introduction to laboratory equipment.
Corequisite: MTH 111.
EET 112-6 A.C. Circuits and Laboratory Instruments (4 + 4)
This course is a continuation of EET 111 with studies of A.C. circuits, impedance concepts, network theorems, electrical measurements, and transformers. Prerequisite: EET 111.
Corequisite: MTH 112.
EET 200-3 Electric Circuits and Machines (3 + 0)
An introductory course in electric circuits for non-EET majors. Covers D.C. and A.C. circuits, generators, motors, and transformers. Introduces elementary electronic devices and circuits.
Corequisite: MTH 112.
EET 202-2 Electronic Drafting (1 + 2)
A drafting course that treats the main areas of electronics including automation, microelectronics, electric power, and integrated circuits. Includes learning the use of diagrammatic standardized symbols and assembling them into circuit diagrams.
EET 211-6 Electronics I (5 + 2)
Study of active electronic devices with emphasis on transistors. This study includes device construction, biasing, equivalent circuits, and their use in elementary amplifiers (single device).
Prerequisite: EET 112.
EET 212-6 Electronics II (4 + 4)
Continuation of EET 112 with emphasis on various circuits including difference amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, mixers, and voltage regulation. Concepts of feedback, frequency, and distortion are also covered. Prerequisite: EET 211.
EET 230-5 Introduction to Logic and Computer Operations (4 + 2)
Course for non-EET majors including computer structure number systems, combinatorial logic and flip-flop utilization, arithmetic and logical processes, BASIC programming using the NOVA 1210 Minicomputer. Laboratory includes logic experiments and programming. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
EET 301-4 Principles of Electronics and Electronics Circuits I (3 + 2)
Analysis of the principles, characteristics and operation of electron devices. Study includes vacuum and gas tubes, photo-electricity, Fundamentals of semi-conductors and transistors, and their application in elementary circuits.
Prerequisites: EET 112 and MTH 141.
EET 302-4 Principles of Electronics and Electronic Circuits II (3 + 2)
Continuation of EET 301 with emphasis on circuit applications such as amplifiers, detectors, oscillators, modulators, and control systems.
Prerequisites: MTH 141 and EET 211 or EET 301, or permission ot instructor.
EET 311-4 Advanced Electrical and Electronic Circuits (4 + 0)
An advanced course which requires previous knowledge of basic electrical circuits. Study also includes analysis of non-linear circuit elements within circuits.
Prerequisites: MTH 241 and EET 212 or EET 302, or permission of instructor.
66


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
EET 312-4 Advanced Electrical and Electronic Circuits II (3 + 2)
Continuation of EET 311.
Prerequisite: EET 311, or permission of instructor.
EET 331-3 Pulse Circuits (2 + 3)
Analysis of static and regenerative circuits including shaping circuits, multivibrators, blocking oscillators, pulse amplifiers, and transmitter circuits.
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
EET 332-3 Digital Circuits I (2 + 2) Fundamental concepts of computer number systems, Boolean logic, and iogic gate circuits. Emphasis is on circuitry and logic and not upon programming.
Prerequisite: EET 211 or 301, or permission of instructor.
EET 333-3 Digital Circuits II (2 + 2)
Study of counters, shift registers, logic circuits, and information storage devices used in digital electronic-systems.
Prerequisite: EET 332, or permission of instructor.
EET 334-4 Minicomputer Programming and Operation (3 + 2)
An introductory course designed to teach students how to operate and program a minicomputer. Specifically students will learn the assembler language for the NOVA 1210 Minicomputer.
Prerequisites: EET 332, or Junior standing and permission of instructor.
EET 341-3 Electric Power Generation (2 + 2)
Study of electric power generation systems. Primarily includes A.C. and D.C. dynamo construction and operation.
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
EET 342-3 Electric Power Distribution (3 + 0)
Continuation of EET 341. Study of distribution techniques and equipment employed in electric power distribution and control.
Prerequisite: EET 341, or permission of instructor.
EET 362-3 Communication I (2 + 2)
A study of communications systems, including such topics as Modulation, Noise, Receivers, Pulse Systems, Wage Propagation, and Information Theory. Also covers transmission line characteristics, matching sections, and filters.
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
EET 363-3 Communication II (2 + 2)
Continuation of Communication I. Covers additional subjects of antennas, VLF propagation, wave-guides, microwave measurements, and filters.
Prerequisite: EET 362.
EET 364-3 Avionics I (3 + 0)
Provides the student with basic understanding of the operating principles of radio and electronic equipment used in modern aircraft, including the relationships between airborne and ground equipment. Covers the theory of operation and block diagrams of complete systems.
Prerequisite: EET 212, or the equivalent.
EET 365-3 Avionics II (3 + 0)
Covers the information required for Second Class RADIO TELEPHONE OPERATORS LICENSE. Includes laws and regulations, radio fundamentals, radiotelephone operation, voice communication procedures, and review of sample examinations.
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302.
EET 366-2 Electrical Measurements (1 + 2)
Fundamental course on using electrical measuring devices giving consideration to measurements of voltage, resistance, current, capacitance, inductance, frequency, etc. and conversion of these measurements into determinations of other physical properties. Includes history and development of measurements.
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
EET 367-3 Instruments and Measurements
(2 + 2)
Advanced theory and applications of electrical and electronics instruments and instrumentation devices used in measurements of both physical and electrical quantities. Includes high frequency measurements used within microwave systems.
Prerequisite: EET 366, or permission of instructor.
EET 368-2 Principles of Radar (2 + 0)
A course that presents the mathematical explanation of what radar is and how it works. A unified approach to the systems aspects of various types of radars is given in terms of complete block diagrams. Types studied include monostatic and bistatic pulse radar, CW, Doppler, FM-CW Doppler, Pulsed-Doppler, and MTI.
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
EET 410-2 Electrical/Electronic Technology Seminar (2 + 0)
Discussion, study, and analysis of historical, current, and future applications of electronics. Each student prepares and presents paper on suitable subjects.
Prerequisite: Senior standing, or permission of instructor.
EET 435-3 Minicomputer Applications (2 + 2)
Advanced minicomputer course in which students will define interfacing projects and develop the required hardware and software.
Prerequisites: Previous minicomputer programming knowledge, or EET 333 and EET 334, or permission of instructor.
EET 446-4 Servomechanisms and Control Circuits (3 + 2)
Theory of linear closed loop control systems. Analysis of servomechanisms containing electronic, magnetic, and mechanical devices. Study includes feedback control techniques.
Prerequisite: EET 451, or permission of instructor.
EET 451-3 Circuit Analysis with Operational Math (3 + 0)
Advanced theory in methods of circuit analysis and network synthesis. Study includes matrices, Laplace transform, and advanced operational methods. Prerequisite: EET 311, or permission of instructor.
EET 453-3 Applications of Operational Amplifiers (2 + 2)
Introduction to Applications of Integrated Circuit Op-Amps. Applications to include inverters, summers, inte-gratros, differentiators, oscillators, active filters, comparators, and multi-vibrators. Special projects to be selected.
Prerequisite: EET 212, or 302, or permission of instructor.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
The Mechanical Engineering Technologist, as a specialist in applied engineering, translates creative ideas and concepts into practical applications in new machines, products, structures, or processes. As a connecting link, he must have knowledge of the disciplines
67


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
of both the engineering scientist and the skilled worker. He must be familiar with the hand and machine tools of the skilled worker and the scientific principles and skills of the engineer.
The technologists mathematical, scientific, and technological knowledge must be matched with solid experience and ability in the application of this knowledge to practical field problems.
Programs leading to both the AAS degree and the BS degree are offered in Mechanical Engineering Technology.
Associate in Applied Science
Required MET Courses Hours
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology .................................. 3
MET 101 Materials Fabrication ............... 3
MET 200 Industrial Hydraulics and
Control Systems............................. 4
MET 206 Elements of Machine Design......... 3
MET 210 Numerical Control Machining........ 3
MET 220 Principles of Metallurgy............. 3
MET 240 Fundamentals of Welding.............. 3
Subtotal 22
In Addition, the Following Related Technical Courses Will Be Required
CEN110 Civil Technology..................... 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ................. 3
CEN215 Mechanics I Statics ............... 3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines..... 3
COM 271 Technical Writing ................... 3
Subtotal 15
Candidates tor the Associate Degree are Required to Meet These General Studies Requirements
English ........................................ 6
Humanities...................................... 3
Social/Behavioral Science....................... 3
Physics 121, or 125 ............................ 5
Math 111, 112, 132............................. 10
Chemistry ...................................... 4
Subtotal 31 TOTAL 68
Mechanical Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
The four-year program is built on the "two-plus-two" concept. The Bachelor of Science candidate will have completed a two-year Associate Degree plus these
additional requirements:
Required MET Courses
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis............... 3
MET 304 Work Simplification and
Methods Design .............................. 3
MET 307 Mechanical Design ................... 3
MET 311 Basic Thermodynamics................. 3
MET 400 Project Engineering.................. 3
MET 404 Plant Layout......................... 3
MET 450 Engineering Management............... 3
Subtotal 21
The Following Related Technical Courses Must Be Taken
CEN 316 Mechanics III Dynamics ............ 3
Upper Division Electives........................ 6
Subtotal 9
Additional Hours of General Studies and Minor or Area of Specialization Requirements Are:
Humanities...................................... 5
MTH 141 ........................................ 4
PHY 122 or 126.................................. 5
Social/Behavioral Science
(PSY 345 required)........................... 6
Semester
Hours
Minor or Area of Specialization ............... 18
Subtotal 38 TOTAL 68
The Colleges general specification for the Bachelor's Degree includes 40 hours of Upper Division courses.
A student interested in specializing in manufacturing, power, or production should consult with the department chairman for program study requirements.
Minor in Mechanical Engineering Technology
Required Courses
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology .................................. 3
MET 101 Materials Fabrication ............... 3
MET 206 Elements of Machine Design........... 3
MET 208 Production Machine Tools,
Jigs and Fixtures............................ 4
MET 210 Numerical Control Machining............. 3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis ................. 3
MET 400 Project Engineering..................... 3
Total 22
The Mechanical Engineering Technology student, or other students, may minor in, or specialize in, one of the following areas of specialization:
Heat (Thermal):
Area of Specialization
Required Courses
MET 301 Basic Fluid Flow.................... 3
MET 312 Survey of Basic Heat Transfer....... 3
MET 320 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolants .... 3
MET 331 Thermodynamics II Heat Power .. 3
MET 420 Air Induction Systems and
Emission Controls ........................... 3
MET 421 Metallurgical Materials and
Processes............................... _4
Total 19
Industrial Engineering Technology: Area of Specialization
Required Courses
MET 130 Quality Assurance Technology...... 3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance .... 3
MET 208 Production Machine Tools,
Jigs and Fixtures............................ 4
MET 304 Work Simplification and
Methods Design .............................. 3
MET 330 Advance Quality Assurance............... 3
MET 404 Plant Layout............................ 3
Total 19
Metallurgy: Minor or Area ot Specialization
Required Courses
MET 236 Nondestructive Testing............... 3
MET 308 Advanced Physical Metallurgy ........ 3
MET 321 Mechanical Metallurgy ............... 4
MET 421 Metallurgical Materials and
Processes ................................... 4
MET 422 Experimental Methods and Analysis . 3
CHE 319 Survey of Physical Chemistry......... 5
Total 22
Power: Minor or
Area of Specialization
Required Courses
MET 320 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolants .... 3
MET 331 Thermodynamics II Heat Power .. 3
68


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Semester
Hours
MET 420 Air Induction Systems and
Emission Controls .......................... 3
MET 430 Transportation Problems.............. 3
MET 440 Power Systems Design................. 3
MET 441 Automotive Design ................... 3
Total 18
Production: Minor or Area ol Specialization
Required Courses
MET 130 Quality Assurance Technology......... 3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance .... 3
MET 208 Production Machine Tools,
Jigs and Fixtures............................ 4
MET 330 Advance Quality Assurance............ 3
MET 400 Project Engineering..................... 3
MET 405 Production Control ..................... 3
Total 19
Quality Assurance Technology:
Minor or Area ol Specialization
Required Courses
MET 130 Quality Assurance Technology......... 3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance .... 3
MET 132 Quality Assurance Management______ 3
MET 231 Quality Control Engineering-Theory
and Application.............................. 3
MET 232 Reliability Concepts ................ 3
MET 236 Non-Destructive Testing.............. 3
MET 405 Production Control .................. 3
Total 21
QUALITY ASSURANCE TECHNOLOGY
The task of assuring high quality and reliability of products and services for industry, government, and consumers has reached the status of a professional discipline. The responsibility, authority, and complexity of the quality assurance staff is increasing constantly. Every progressive industrial organization has a staff of quality control and reliability personnel. There are excellent employment opportunities in quality assurance. Women find this a very convenient and short road to management positions.
Quality Assurance Technologists may find employment as quality inspectors, technicians, analysts, and engineering assistants. Further education and experience in quality assurance can lead to a more responsible position in management.
Associate in Applied Science
Required Quality Assurance Courses
MET 130 Quality Assurance Technology........ 3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance .... 3
MET 132 Quality Assurance Management .... 3
MET 231 Quality Control Engineering-Theory
and Application ........................... 3
MET 232 Reliability Concepts ............... 3
MET 236 Nondestructive Testing.............. 3
MET 330 Advance Quality Assurance........... 3
Subtotal 21
Required MET Courses
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology .................................. 3
MET 101 Materials Fabrication .................. 3
MET 208 Production Machine Tools,
Jigs and Fixtures............................ 4
MET 210 Numerical Control Machining ............ 3
MET 220 Principles of Metallurgy................ 3
Subtotal 16
Required Related Technical Courses Hours
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ................. 3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines....... 3
Subtotal 6
Required General Studies..................... 31
TOTAL 74
Minor in Quality Assurance Technology
See first column
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
MET 100-3 Materials and Manufacturing Technology (3 + 0)
Introductory survey course in manufacturing production processes including a study of primary materials and manufacturing processes in the fabrication of industrial products and relates these to current national, social, industrial, and international issues and problems.
MET 101-3 Materials Fabrication (2 + 2) Basic fundamentals in operation of production equipment. Includes measuring tools, bench work and layout, and tool grinding. Operational skill development of lathes, vertical and horizontal milling machines, surface grinders, drilling machines, and other cutters and formers.
MET 130-3 Quality Assurance Technology (3 + 0)
An introduction to the concept of quality assurance. Emphasis is on the jobs of quality control organization for quality, quality costs and systems, controls of incoming material, process and product, and corrective action cycle.
MET 131-3 Principles of Quality Assurance (3 + 0)
Defines the scope and function of quality assurance, including basic definitions, quality policy and objectives, manuals and procedures, concept of variation, inspection techniques, metrology, acceptance sampling, process control, customer relations, and product audit.
Prerequisite: MET 130.
MET 132-3 Quality Assurance Management (3 + 0)
In-depth study of the latest quality assurance techniques at the component, assembly and systems level. QA is analyzed from design conception through consumer use and disposal including planning for product effectiveness, engineering a quality product, configuration management, inspection and charting.
Prerequisite: MET 131, or instructors approval.
MET 200-4 Industrial Hydraulics and Control Systems (4 + 0)
Provides knowledge of components and systems In hydraulic power transmission. Topics: fluid pumps and motors, cylinders, plumbing, accumulators, control valves, servo systems and industrial hydraulic circuits. Hydraulic, pneumatic, and electronic control devices as related to industrial application and production equipment.
Prerequisites: PHY 121 or PHY 125 and MTH 111.
MET 206-3 Elements of Machine Design (2 + 2)
A survey of the more important elements used in machine design.
Prerequisites: CEN 120 and MTH 110.
MET 208-4 Production Machine Tools,
Jigs, and Fixtures (3 + 2)
In-depth study of construction features, industrial ap-
69


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
plication, and design concepts of production tools, jigs, and fixtures. Students design cutting tools, gages, jigs, fixtures and dies, and prepare tooling layouts for production machine tools. Study of MIL-STA-8C as related to positional toleranced parts.
Prerequisites: MET 101 and CEN 120.
MET 210-3 Numerical Control Machining (2 + 2)
Introduction to vocabulary and processes involved in programming a component for NC manufacturing. Emphasis on point-to-point, dimensional, and three dimensional configuration. Lab projects involve programming a part and preparation of NC tapes. Field trips taken to observe NC machine operations.
Prerequisites: MET 101 and MTH 112.
MET 220-3 Principles of Metallurgy (2 + 2)
An introduction to physical and process metallurgy. Methods of making iron and steel. Metal structure and crystallization. Plastic deformation, hot working and annealing. Phase diagrams. The steel equilibrium diagram. Introduction to heat treatment of steel. Metallurgy of welding.
Prerequisite: MET 100.
MET 231-3 Quality Control Engineering-Theory and Application (3 + 0)
An emphasis on statistical analysis using fundamental statistical concepts, the use of the theory of probability, the aspects of specifications and tolerances, the concepts of sampling, aspects of life testing, and some cost aspects of quality decisions.
MET 232-3 Reliability Concepts (3 + 0)
A basic course encompassing the field of reliability engineering, emphasizing the concept and definition of reliability. Useful life and product wearout, effect of chance and wearout failures, series and parallel systems, confidence limits, and reliability testing. Study of consumerism and liability.
Prerequisite: MET 131.
MET 236-3 Nondestructive Testing (2 + 2)
A study of the methods used for detection of surface or internal flaws without altering the fabricated metal part. Five most important areas of nondestructive testing will be covered: dye penetrants, magnetic particles, ultrasonics, radiography (X-ray) and the use of eddy currents.
MET 240-3 Fundamentals of Welding (2 + 2)
A basic course to acquaint students with the common welding processes. This includes fusion welding with the oxyacetylene and arc processes, brazing of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, oxyacetylene cutting, and introduction to inert-gas welding. Provides a technological understanding of advanced welding techniques used in industry.
MET 300-3 Manufacturing Analysis (3 + 0) Economics of tooling operations: the productivity of machines, tool maintenance, tool costs and job estimating. A comprehensive study of the fundamentals of process planning.
Prerequisite: MET 100, or permission ot instructor.
MET 301-3 Basic Fluid Flow (3 + 0)
Review gas and liquid flow in pipe. Steady-state flow conditions identified for compressible and incompressible fluids. Reynolds number and flow regimes identified. Volumetric flowrate, velocity, and flow loss equations reviewed. Industrial applications are identified. Prerequisites: MTH 111 and MET 200.
MET 304-3 Work Simplification and Methods Design (3 + 0)
Management techniques emphasizing methods improvement, time study analysis, plant layout and material handling procedures. Analysis of motion and time
study applied to manufacturing procedures. Work simplification, motion economy, time standards and performance ratings are emphasized.
Prerequisite: MET 300, or permission ot instructor.
MET 307-3 Mechanical Design (3 + 0) Application of stress analysis in the design of machine components. Analysis of static and dynamic forces and stresses in machine elements. The main topics are fastenings, shafting, coupling, clutches, brakes, bearings, and rolling contacts and lubrication.
Prerequisites: MET 206, MET 220, and CEN 316 or permission of instructor.
MET 308-3 Advanced Physical Metallurgy (2 + 2)
A continuation of MET 220. Further study of steel heat treatment; alloy and tool steels, cast iron, nonferrous metals and alloys, both parent material and weldments. Corrosion of metals. Powder metallurgy. Wear of metals. Metallurgy of machining.
Prerequisite: MET 220.
MET 311-3 Basic Thermodynamics (3 + 0) Basic study of laws of thermodynamics, perfect gas laws, gas properties, enthalpy-entropy, heat energy and heat transfer. State properties are identified, using Mollier Diagram. Reversible and irreversible flow processes are analyzed.
Prerequisites: MTH 141, or equivalent.
MET 312-3 Survey of Basic Heat Transfer (3 + 0)
Survey of conduction, convection, and radiation. Fundamental laws are reviewed, equations identified, and industrial applications summarized. Field trip to Martin Marietta is included to tour the multi-million dollar Thermal Vacuum Chamber.
Prerequisites: MET 311 and PHY 125 or PHY 121.
MET 320-3 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolants (3 + 0)
Introduction to physical and chemical properties of fuels and lubricants with emphasis on characteristics and qualities of desirable fuels and lubricants. The industrial application of lubricants and coolants will be analyzed.
Prerequisite: Chemistry.
MET 321-4 Mechanical Metallurgy (3 + 2)
In-depth study of mechanical behavior of metals. Test methods used to determine the properties and to analyze the fracture behavior of metals. Theory and practice are applied to various types of testing, including tensile, fatigue, hardness, creep, fracture, toughness, and impact.
Prerequisites: MET 220 and MTH 141.
MET 330-3 Advanced Quality Assurance (3 + 0)
An analysis of the total concept of quality assurance including special quality experiments, cost optimization, troubleshooting quality problems and applying statistical techniques to the manufacturing process. Statiatical analysis includes the study of the normal curve, inferences about variances, analysis of variance and regression analysis.
Prerequisites: MET 131 and MTH 111.
MET 331-3 Thermodynamics II Heat Power (3 + 0)
Energy-work relationships introduced through fundamental principles of energy conversion cycles and mechanisms. Temperature-entrophy relationships discussed for various engine cycles: Carnot, Brayton, Rankin, auto, diesel. Steam engine and turbine is developed and steam tables used.
Prerequisite: MET 311.
70


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
MET 400-3 Project Engineering (3 + 0)
Introduction to role of project engineer. Review various phases of a research and development program and different disciplines in which the project engineer must be expert to effectively bring each phase of the program to successful completion.
Prerequisite: MET 300, or permission of instructor.
MET 404-3 Plant Layout (3 + 0)
Basic principles of plant layout to meet production needs. Application of materials handling devices to the process. Selection and arrangement of production machinery, product and process layout schemes, techniques of making layouts, and balance and flexibility of operations. Management's role discussed. Prerequisite: MET 300, or permission ol instructor.
MET 405-3 Production Control (3 + 0) Students become acquainted with the function of production control as part of management framework and learn how decisions and actions taken by the production control departments affect the rest of a company. Emphasis is on the statistical approach to process and production control, product acceptance, the rejection and corrective cycle, and quality costs.
Prerequisite: MET 300 or permission of instructor.
MET 420-3 Air Induction Systems and Emission Controls (3 + 0)
In-depth study of engine air requirements and factors influencing volumetric efficiency. Supercharging and turbocharging effects on performance studied and related to power performance factors. Exhaust system design factors will be studied with emphasis on waste heat recovery and smog control.
Prerequisite: MET 311.
MET 421-4 Metallurgical Materials and Processes (3 + 2)
Course covers forming of various metals and compaction of metal powders. The joining and/or machining of wrought or powder metal parts. Forming operations include forging, rolling, swaging, extrusion, and drawing. Powder metallurgy. Metallurgy of welding and joining. Metallurgy of machining.
Prerequisite: MET 321.
MET 422-3 Experimental Methods and
Analysis (2 + 2)
Metallography (examination with optical microscope), use of electron microscope, and X-ray diffraction which measures interatomic spacing, crystal structure, and residual stresses. Use of optical pyrometer and thermocouple is included.
Prerequisites: MET 220 and MET 308.
MET 430-3 Transportation Problems (3 + 0)
Provides insight into the economics of transportation, physical distribution, and traffic management. Provides pertinent data and knowledge regarding all modern means of transport and impact and social implications involving transportation industry.
MET 440-3 Hydraulic Power Systems Design (2 + 2)
Fluid mechanics with emphasis on principles of hydraulic power systems as applied in modern automotive and industrial systems. Included is design features applied through power brakes, power steering, automatic transmissions, torque converters, and industrial power hydraulic systems.
Prerequisites: MET 200 and MET 307, or permission of instructor.
MET 441-3 Automotive Design (2 + 2)
Study of automobile safety design, synthesizing the anatomical, psychological, and engineering relationships between man and machine. Evolves around the ideal ergonomic motor car with future impressions and implications.
Prerequisite: MET 307.
MET 450-3 Engineering Management (3 + 0)
Provides basic tools of management increasing job satisfaction through growth of a sense of competence in ability to handle men. Identification of interface requirements for successful communications and operations between engineers, technicians, and management. Case studies will be used.
71



SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Phillip Boxer, Dean ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS:
Art
Economics English History Modern Languages Music Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology/Anthropology Speech


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
The School of Liberal Arts offers flexible programs in the social sciences and humanities directed toward personal, occupational, and professional goals in a rapidly changing world.
Each Liberal Arts department (Art, Economics, English, History, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology-Anthropology, Speech) provides a comprehensive academic program with many options to fulfill the multiple needs of a diverse urban college population.
The Liberal Arts curriculum amplifies the programs of every other academic area of the College by offering the wide range of courses generally included in the total educational mission of an accredited institution.
Liberal Arts studies aim toward the development of perspective and intellectual strength for the endeavors of a lifetime. The School of Liberal Arts is fully engaged in expanding career programs that combine the preparations and broad background elements essential for educational sufficiency in todays urban community.
In harmony with the basic philosophy and goals of Metropolitan State College, the School of Liberal Arts assumes a major role in encouraging and preparing students to participate fully in the challenges and opportunities of modern life. School of Liberal Arts departmental majors and minors, as shown below, lead to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree.
ART
The Art Department offers a full range of studio art courses in the Applied Art areas of graphic communications and advertising design, photography, product and industrial design; the Craft disciplines of clay, metal, and wood; and the Fine Arts of drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. Art History studies include contemporary and modern art courses, ancient, medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque art. Art Education methods courses may be taken in addition to the Art Major program, enabling students to be certified for teaching art at the secondary school level.
Art Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
Required Courses Hours
ART 105 Art as a Profession................. 1
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts I .. 3
ART 112 Drawing Processes and Concepts II . 3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts I .. 3
ART 122 Design Processes and Concepts II .. 3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960 .......................... 3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960
to Present ............................... 3
ART 210 Two Dimensional Media and
Processes ............................... 3
ART 220 Three Dimensional Media and Processes ............................. 3
The above listed required courses in Art comprise an art core program of 25 credit hours, generally to be completed prior to enrollment in Upper Division art courses.
Upper Division requirements include study in the following sub-areas:
A. Applied Arts
Graphic Communications and Advertising Design Photography
Product and Industrial Design
B. Crafts
Ceramics Design in Wood Fabric and Weaving Metalwork and Jewelrymaking
C. Fine Arts
Drawing
Painting
Printmaking
Sculpture
D. Art History
Contemporary and Modern Art Ancient and Medieval Art Renaissance and Baroque Art
Semester
Hours
Twelve credit hours are required within a specific Art area of A, B, C, or D................ 12
Eighteen credit hours are required consisting of two courses from each of the remaining
Art areas of A, B, C, or D .................. 18
Six credit hours are elective from any of the Art areas of A, B, C, or D...................... 6
liT
Minor requirement for Art Majors is optional.
Art Education
Students seeking secondary credentials in Art must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of Metropolitan State College in addition to all of the Art Major requirements.
Recent Colorado law affecting teacher certification has been passed. This indicates that several changes may be necessary to current programs starting Fall 1977. Details are not available at the time of this printing, therefore, students should contact the Education Department for modifications.
Communications Multi Major for Bachelor of Arts
Visual Communications Concentration
See Communications Multi-Major, page 76, for requirements of this Liberal Arts umbrella program sponsored by the Department of Art.
Minor in Art
Required Courses in Lower Division ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts I .. 3
ART 112 Drawing Processes and Concepts II.. 3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts I ... 3
ART 122 Design Processes and Concepts II .. 3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960 ........................ 3
ART 210 Two Dimensional Media and
Processes .............................. 3
ART 220 Three Dimensional Media and
Processes .............................. 3
Electives in Upper Division .................. 6
Minimum of one Studio Art course Minimum of one Art History course
Total 27
ART 100-3 Art Appreciation (3 + 0)
A lecture course primarily for people who are not art majors, but who are interested in acquiring information about the various periods of art as a basis for broadening their knowledge and appreciation of the subject.
73


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
ART 105-1 Art as a Profession (1 + 0)
Introduces students to the variety of possible careers in the art profession and advises students of why and how to prepare themselves for the profession. Required for all art majors. Must be taken by the end of third semester (transfer students by end of second semester).
ART 110-3 Basic Drawing Methods (0 + 6)
A studio course for the non-art major which introduces basic drawing media and materials. Principles of graphic control are taught with an emphasis toward developing creativity and a personal fine art expression.
ART 111-3 Drawing Processes and Concepts I (0 + 6)
Introduction to media and materials customarily used in drawing and graphics, stressing development of skills, vocabulary, and sensibilities necessary in visual communication.
ART 112-3 Drawing Processes and Concepts II (0 + 6)
Continuation of ART 111 with emphasis on the figure, the challenge of color media, and the elasticity of ideas.
Prerequisite: ART 111.
ART 120-3 Basic Design and Crafts Methods (0 + 6)
A studio art course oriented to the study of design and craft through working with a variety of craft media: paper, clay, metal, plastic, and fibers. Oriented to nonart majors.
ART 121-3 Design Processes and Concepts I (0 + 6)
Introductory course in the study of the elements and principles of design. Emphasis is on line, shape, color, and space graphically organized.
ART 122-3 Design Processes and Concepts II (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 121 with design emphasis including three dimensional form, space, and concept. Prerequisite: ART 121.
ART 201-3 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960 (3 + 0)
A survey of modern art that traces the roots of contemporary art theory and techniques back to Impressionism, showing a development of these ideas through Surrealism.
ART 202-3 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present (3 + 0)
A survey of contemporary art that traces the development of contemporary art from the period after World War II to the present, with emphasis on art in America. Prerequisite: ART 201.
ART 210-3 Two Dimensional Media and Processes (0 + 6)
A foundation course to introduce information and skills needed for personal expression and communication of ideas through the manipulation of various painting and graphic media.
Prerequisites: ART 112 and 122.
ART 220-3 Three Dimensional Media and Processes (0 + 6)
A foundation course to introduce the knowledge and skills needed for personal expression, communication of ideas, and creation of utilitarian objects. Materials, hand and power tools, and techniques for manipulation of three dimensional form and space are utilized. Prerequisites: ART 112 and 122.
ART 301-3 Historical Survey of Ancient and Medieval Art (3 + 0)
A study of the Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, and Gothic styles of art.
ART 302-3 Historical Survey of
Renaissance and Baroque Art (3 + 0)
A study of the art of the Renaissance and Baroque periods.
ART 303-3 History of Art Between World Wars (3 + 0)
An in-depth study of art, architecture, and design in the transitional period between World War I and World War II.
Prerequisites: ART 201 and 202.
ART 304-3 Modern Art History: Theory and Criticism (3 + 0)
A seminar for advanced students involving the reading and discussion of modern writing about the visual arts. Extensive use of library facilities will be required.
Prerequisites: ART 201, 202, and permission of instructor.
ART 305-3 History of African and Afro-American Art (3 + 0)
History and identification of the tribal arts and crafts of Africa plus a study of contemporary Black artists. Particular attention is given to modern Black artists in the United States.
ART 310-3 Art Instructional Methods for Elementary School (0 + 6)
Lecture-studio course for Elementary Education Majors. Art education theory and philosophy for classroom teaching of art to children is coupled with practical learning of art media and materials.
Prerequisite: EDU 221.
ART 311-3 Drawing I (0 + 6)
A pivotal studio drawing experience where the skills and concepts in graphics are energetically explored. Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 312-3 Drawing II (0 + 6)
A concentrated studio approach to drawing that explores diverse media and image within the context of contemporary idioms.
Prerequisite: ART 311.
ART 320-3 Art Instructional Methods for Secondary School (3 + 0)
For the secondary art teacher. A thorough study of adolescent development in the visual arts; evaluation of methods and processes to motivate and stimulate junior and senior high school students.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 321-3 Graphic Communications and Advertising Design I (0 + 6)
An introductory course in advertising design, illustration, and visual communication. Includes instruction relating to the preparation of art work for reproduction. Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 322-3 Graphic Communications and Advertising Design II (0 + 6)
Continuation of ART 321. Extended investigation into the application of design and illustration toward the solution of specific visual communication problems. Prerequisite: ART 321.
ART 325-3 Art Photography I (0 + 6)
Introduction to photography: materials, techniques, and concepts of picturing. Exploration and usage of basic light-sensitive materials and introduction to ideas about
74


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
the art of picture-making in relation to special course projects.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 326-3 Art Photography II (0 + 6)
A continuation of concept problems in photographic seeing. Use of straight photo with emphasis on personal vision of traditional subject matter.
Prerequisite: ART 325.
ART 331-3 Fiber & Textile Design I (0 + 6)
Introduction to fiber and fabric construction as both a craft and an art form. Hand construction of fibers and yarns emphasized with techniques of textile decoration included.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 332-3 Fiber & Textile Design II (0 + 6)
Continuation of ART 331 with the inclusion of basic weaving techniques and approaches. Emphasis given to students development as an artist craftsman in fiber and textile media.
Prerequisite: ART 331.
ART 341-3 Sculpture I (0 + 6)
Creative approach to the problems of three dimensional design in sculpture. Construction in metals, wood, and plastics.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 342-3 Sculpture II (0 + 6)
Further development of knowledge and skills acquired in ART 341. Addition of techniques of casting in various materials.
Prerequisite: ART 341.
ART 351-3 Painting I (0 + 6)
Painting procedure emphasizing methods, processes and techniques. The development of personal forms and images.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 352-3 Painting II (0 + 6)
Continuation of ART 351, with emphasis on personal expression.
Prerequisite: ART 351.
ART 361-3 Ceramics I (0 + 6)
Introducing clay as an art and craft media, the instruction includes exploration of a variety of handbuilding methods as well as an introduction to the use of the potter's wheel and to preparing ware for glazing and firing.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 362-3 Ceramics II (0 + 6)
A continued study of ceramic art and technique with emphasis upon competent use of the potters wheel and extension of handbuilding processes. Exploration of ceramic processes at low and high temperature with emphasis on glaze testing, formulation, and usage. Prerequisite: ART 361.
ART 371-3 Serigraph Printmaking (0 + 6) Silk screen printing in which students are taught to use silk screen as a means to search for a personal and unique aesthetic image.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 372-3 Lithograph Printmaking (0 + 6) Black and white and colored lithographic prints are developed through traditional and contemporary techniques.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 373-3 Intaglio Printmaking (0 + 6)
Various intaglio techniques are explored to allow the student to develop a unique personal expression. Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 374-3 Photo Image Printmaking
(0 + 6)
An in-depth investigation of photo printmaking possibilities in developing an aesthetic imagery. Prerequisites: ART 326, 371 or 372 or 373.
ART 381-3 Product and Industrial Design I
(0 + 6)
Aesthetic designing of utilitarian products for the consumer market, relating appearance and functional design to such materials as metal, plastics, and wood. Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 382-3 Product and Industrial Design II (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 381, extending industrial designing into corporate image, product packaging, and display.
Prerequisite: ART 381.
ART 385-3 Design in Wood I (0 + 6)
A course intended to introduce wood as a media to the artist-craftsman with the intent of creating objects, functional or non-functional, of superb expressive aesthetic quality. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the inherent potentials of the various exotic hardwoods.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 386-3 Design in Wood II (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 385, extending the content to include machine wood working as it applies to sculptural and ornamental forms.
Prerequisite: ART 385.
ART 391-3 Metalwork and Jewelrymaking
I (0 + 6)
Design quality as a fundamental part of good craftsmanship is emphasized through the basic techniques involved in working nonferrous and precious metals. Course includes basic fabricating techniques, simple stone setting, and lost wax casting.
Prerequisites: ART 202, 210, and 220.
ART 392-3 Metalwork and Jewelrymaking
II (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 391, extending the content to include a variety of basic metal forming techniques: repoused, raising, block forming, forging, matting, and die forming.
Prerequisite: ART 391.
ART 411-3 Drawing III (0 + 6)
Continued experimentation with the contemporary idioms of ART 312; designed to encourage individual probing and development.
Prerequisite: ART 312.
ART 412-3 Drawing IV (0 + 6)
Continued experimentation with the contemporary idioms of ART 411; designed to encourage the student to explore visual ideas and systems creatively. A supportive climate for individual directions.
Prerequisite: ART 411.
ART 421-3 Graphic Communications and Advertising Design III (0 + 6)
Continuation of ART 421 with emphasis on the production of finished work for the preparation of a graduate portfolio.
Prerequisite: ART 322.
ART 422-3 Graphic Communications and Advertising Design IV (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 322.
Prerequisite: ART 421.
75


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
ART 425-3 Art Photography III (0 + 6)
Advanced photography: extended projects emphasizing personal vision and approach to media. Introduction to use of non-silver processes and media extensions. Prerequisite: ART 326.
ART 426-3 Art Photography IV (0 + 6)
Advanced photography: intensive involvement with personal statement resulting in production of photo book or portfolio of photos. Concentration on cohesive body of work over individual piece.
Prerequisite: ART 425.
ART 441-3 Sculpture III (0 + 6)
This course is designed to develop the individuals ability to express his ideas and concepts in various sculptural media.
Prerequisite: ART 342.
ART 442-3 Sculpture IV (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 441.
Prerequisite: ART 441.
ART 451-3 Painting III (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 352.
Prerequisite: ART 352.
ART 452-3 Painting IV (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 451.
Prerequisite: ART 451.
ART 461-3 Ceramics III (0 + 6)
Offers an opportunity to extend the student's knowledge of ceramic processes including further experience with varieties of wheel-thrown forms and with combinations of wheel-thrown and handbuilt forms. Prerequisite: ART 362.
ART 462-3 Ceramics IV (0 + 6)
To promote awareness of the technical and aesthetic possibilities inherent in ceramic processes and to develop a sense of responsibility toward the material. The problems to be approached will be formulated by students in consultation with the instructor. Prerequisite: ART 461.
ART 471-3 Printmaking I (0 + 6)
Advanced work in silk-screen, lithography, intaglio, and/or photo printmaking in which the student is directed toward unique individual expression. Prerequisite: ART 371 or 372 or 373 or 374.
ART 472-3 Printmaking II (0 + 6)
A further opportunity for the advanced student to develop a unique individual expression in printmaking, with professional control in his chosen area of specialization.
Prerequisite: ART 471.
ART 481-3 Product and Industrial Design III (0 + 6)
Advanced industrial design study with opportunity for students to design furniture and contract interiors as well as consumer products.
Prerequisite: ART 382.
ART 482-3 Product and Industrial Design IV (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 481, permitting students to individually elect an area of industrial design: consumer products, furniture and appliances, interiors and furnishings, or corporate image design.
Prerequisite: ART 481.
ART 485-3 Design in Wood III (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 386, extending the content to include advanced pneumatic hand tool techniques as
they apply to sculptural and functional forms. Student's aesthetic growth and development to be stressed. Prerequisite: ART 386.
ART 486-3 Design in Wood IV (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 485, extending the content to include advanced jointery processes through which inherent aesthetic and structural potential are recognized. Students aesthetic growth and professionalism to be stressed.
Prerequisite: ART 485.
ART 491-3 Metalwork and Jewelrymaking III (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 392 with the content extended to include electro-forming and electro-plating processes as they pertain to the artist-craftsman. Students are required to develop a philosophy on style and methods developed for individuality of aesthetic expression.
Prerequisite: ART 392.
ART 492-3 Metalwork and Jewelrymaking IV (0 + 6)
A continuation of ART 491, extending the content to include photo etching and various advanced surface embellishment techniques. Student aesthetic growth and professional maturity considered essential at this level.
Prerequisite: ART 491.
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-MAJOR
The Communications Multi-Major offers seven areas of concentration for students with varying educational and career needs; this umbrella program includes a broad range of courses in several departments of the College. Each student's program is planned with an advisor in the selected area of concentration. Students may obtain general information concerning the Communications Multi-Major at the School of Liberal Arts Office.
All Communications Multi-Major options comprise 42 semester hours of study, including 6 hours of required core courses, courses in the area of concentration, and a choice of electives.
Area of Concentration Options Communications: Visual Communications: Industrial Media Communications: Organizational Communications: Specialist Communications: Broadcasting Communications: Meeting Planning Communications: Theatre Administration
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Core Courses tor All Areas of Concentration
Semester
Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories .............................. 3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or SPE410 Techniques of Persuasion......... 3
Visual Communications Sponsored by the Department of Art
The Visual Communications area of concentration offers students a sequence of art courses in graphic communications, including drawing and design, as well as a broad acquaintance with the visual arts in contemporary and historical perspective.
To become knowledgeable in the arts as related to present day communications media, students have the opportunity to pursue graphic courses in the Fine Arts of Drawing, Painting and Printmaking, or in the Applied
76


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Semester
Hours
Art fields of Graphic Communications and Advertising
Design, Photography and Video.
Required Core........................... 6
Required Lower Division Courses ART 111 Drawing Processes and
Concepts I ............................. 3
ART 112 Drawing Processes and
Concepts II............................. 3
ART 121 Design Processes and
Concepts I ............................. 3
ART 122 Design Processes and
Concepts II............................. 3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art:
Impressionism through Surrealism..... 3
ART 210 Two Dimensional Media and Processes................................. 3 18
Required Art History
ART 303 History of Art Between the
World Wars.............................. 3
or
ART 304 Modern Art History: Theory and Criticism............................. 3 3
Required Studio Courses Six hours in Fine Arts or Applied Arts Fine Arts (6 hours)
ART 311 Drawing I ....................... 3
ART 312 Drawing II ...................... 3
ART 351 Painting I ...................... 3
ART 352 Painting II ..................... 3
ART 371 Serigraph Printmaking............ 3
ART 372 Lithograph Printmaking........... 3
ART 373 Intaglio Printmaking............. 3
ART 374 Photo Image Printmaking ......... 3
ART 471 Printmaking I.................... 3
or
Applied Arts (6 hours)
ART 321 Graphic Communications and
Advertising Design I ................... 3
ART 322 Graphic Communications and
Advertising Design II................... 3
ART 325 Art Photography I ............... 3
ART 326 Art Photography II............... 3
ART 390 Video Art ....................... 3
ART 421 Graphic Communications and
Advertising Design III.................. 3
ART 480 Video Art Workshop............... 3 6
Electives Nine hours elected from Upper Division Art Courses.................... 9
Total 42
Industrial Media Communications Sponsored by the Department of English
This communication area of concentration provides the student with both theory and production practices in industry, including principles of development and application, technical experience, hands-on practice with hardware and the production of software, media pro-
grams.
Required Core............................ 6
Required Concentration Courses
24 hours from the following COM 271 Introduction to Technical
Writing ............................. 3
COM 273 Industrial Communication and
Media ................................ 3
COM 274 Continuity for Radio.......... 3
COM 299 Internship................... arr.
COM 371 Projects in Industrial Communication ........................... 3
Semester
Hours
COM 373 Communications Systems
Analysis .............................. 3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film/Television.. 3
COM 375 Industrial Editing and Production 3
COM 376 Industrial Communication....... 3
COM 378 Communication and the Law ... 3
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/
Organizational Communication........... 3
COM 480 Workshop....................... arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship............. arr.
JRN 285 Press Photography.............. 3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and
Television Broadcasting................ 3
SPE 345 Radio-Television Production
and Announcing ........................ 3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art.. 3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life...................... £ 24
Electives Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of concentration and/or the free electives list............. 12
Total 42
Organizational Communications Sponsored by the Department of English
This communication area of concentration provides the student practical experience and theoretical understanding of technical communication, industrial communication and systems, and other related applications.
Required Core............................. 6
Required Concentration Courses
24 hours from the following COM 271 Introduction to Technical
Writing ............................... 3
COM 273 Industrial Communication and
Media ................................. 3
COM 299 Internship................. arr.
COM 371 Projects in Industrial
Communication ......................... 3
COM 372 Projects in Organizational
Communication ......................... 3
COM 373 Communications Systems
Analysis .............................. 3
COM 376 Instructional Communication .. 3
COM 377 Executive Communication...... 3
COM 378 Communication and the Law ... 3
COM 379 Empirical Research in
Communication ......................... 3
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/
Organization Communication............. 3
COM 480 Workshop................... arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship........ arr.
MGT 355 Productions and Operations
Management ............................ 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations........ 3
PSY 345 Industrial Psychology....... 3
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering---- 3
SOC 305 Sociology of Industry and
Occupation............................. 3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership ............ 24
Electives Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of concentration and/or the free electives list............ 12
Total 42
Specialist Communications Sponsored by the Department of English
This area of concentration emphasizes the development and application of effective communication skills at the interpersonal, institutional, and social levels, with special focus on personal and public relations. Required Core............................ 6
77


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Semester
Hours
Required Concentration Courses
24 hours from the following COM 271 Introduction to Technical
Writing ............................... 3
COM 273 Industrial Communication and
Media ................................. 3
COM 299 Internship .................... 3
COM 372 Projects in Organizational
Communication ......................... 3
COM 376 Instructional Communication ... 3
COM 377 Executive Communication........ 3
COM 379 Empirical Research in
Communication.......................... 3
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/
Organizational Communication........... 3
COM 480 Workshop...................... arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship............ arr.
ENG 303 Semantics ..................... 3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing....... 3
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and
Public Opinion......................... 3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations........... 3
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering .... 3
SOC 387 Mass Communication and
Collective Behavior.................... 3
SPE311 Conference Leadership.......... 3
SPE410 Techniques of Persuasion....... 3 24
Electives Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of concentration and/or the free electives list............. 12
Total 42
Broadcasting Communications Sponsored by the Department ot Speech
This area of concentration is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications. In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours and supporting proficiencies (See CCC advisor).
Required Core............................ 6
Required Concentration Courses
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft....... 3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and
Television Broadcasting.................. 3
SPE 299 Internship....................... 3
SPE 345 Radio-Television Production and
Announcing .............................. 3
SPE 480 Workshop......................... 3
SPE 499 Advanced Internship.............. 3 18
Recommended Electives
COM 274 Continuity for Radio............. 3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film, Television. 3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing...... 3
JRN 383 Contemporary Issues ............. 3
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing........ 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management...... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......... 3
or other designated electives............ 18
Total 42
Meeting Planning Communications Sponsored by the Department of Speech
This area of concentration is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications. In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours and supporting proficiencies (see CCC advisor).
Required Core............................ 6
Required Concentration Courses
SPE 299 Internship.......................... 2
SPE 310 Professional Presentational
Speaking ................................ 3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership .............. 3
Semester
Hours
SPE 312 Parliamentary Procedure........ 2
SPE 318 Basic Meeting Planning............ 3
SPE 418 Advanced Meeting Planning .... 3
SPE 499 Advanced Internship............... 2 18
Recommended Electives
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing....... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management....... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing........... 3
MKT 311 Advertising ...................... 3
and/or other designated electives......... 18
Total 42
Theatre Administration Communications Sponsored by the Department of Speech
This area of concentration is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications. In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours and supporting proficiencies (see CCC advisor).
Required Core............................. 6
Required Concentration Courses
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre.............. 3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft........ 3
SPE 299 Internship........................... 3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and
Poetry.................................... 3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and
Voice and Diction......................... 3
SPE 499 Advanced Internship................. J3 18
Recommended Electives
COM 274 Continuity for Radio................. 3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film, Television. 3 ENG 414 Modern Continental, English and
American Drama............................ 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.......... 3
and/or other designated electives......... 18
Total 42
Communications Free Electives List
Other courses approved by the advisor in the selected
Communications area of concentration are acceptable
as electives.
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology............................ 3
ANT 233 Language and Culture............. 3
ART 110 Basic Drawing Methods............ 3
ART 120 Basic Design and Crafts Methods 3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art:
1960-Present Day........................ 3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I ............. 3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II............. 3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition...... 3
ENG 303 Semantics ....................... 3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism...... 3
JRN 182 News Writing ...................... 3
JRN 282 News Editing and Copyreading I 3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing............ 3
JRN 385 Intermediate News Writing....... 3
PHI 202 Man and Art...................... 2
PHI 212 Logic............................ 3
PSC 303 Public Policy Formulation..... 2
PSC382 Public Opinion................... 2
PSY 241 Social Psychology................ 3
PSY 342 Issues in Community/Social
Psychology.............................. 3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking...... 3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art... 3
SPE 412 Fredom of Speech ................ 3
SPE 420 Readers Theatre................. 3
SPE 426 Theatre Practicum I ............. 1
SPE 427 Theatre Practicum II............. 2
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary Life.......................... 3
78


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Communications Multi-Major Summary
Sem. Hrs.
Areas of Concentration Sem. Hrs. In Core Courses Sem. Hrs. In Area of Concent. In Communic. Electives Total Sem. Hrs. In Major
Communications: Visual 6 27 9 42
Communications: Industrial Media 6 24 12 42
Communications: Organizational 6 24 12 42
Communications: Specialist 6 24 12 42
Communications: Broadcasting 6 18 18 42
Communications: Meeting Planning 6 18 18 42
Communications: Theatre Administration 6 18 18 42
ECONOMICS
Economics is a scientific study which deals with the allocation of scarce or limited resources. The study of economics offers an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions. This training is extremely valuable to the student regardless of his or her specific career objectives. The Bachelor of Arts program has been designed to provide the student with a fundamental knowledge of domestic as well as foreign economies, and the quantitative tools necessary for independent analytical research and thought. Specialized courses are provided to develop the student's ability in the use of the tools of economic theory and analysis. Such training is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positions as professional economists. Employment opportunities in economics are available in national and international business, federal, state, and local government, and in various non-profit organizations.
A program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Business Economics is being proposed for implementation in the near future. Students interested in this program should check with the Department of Economics concerning the status of this program.
Economics Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Hours
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics ....... 3
MTH131 Finite Mathematics for the
Management and Social Sciences............ 4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and
Social Sciences........................... 3
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. 3 ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. 3
ECO 315 Econometrics ........................ 3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought....... 3
Electives A minimum of 18 additional semester hours of upper-division Economics courses, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Economics.
Minor in Economics
Required Courses
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro .. 3
ECO 202 Principles of EconomicsMicro .. 3
Electives A minimum of 12 additional semester hours of upper-division Economics courses, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Economics.
ECO 150-3 Consumer Economics (3 + 0) Economic analysis applied to a variety of consumer problems. Topics include determination of family in-
come, consumer durables, taxation and government services, business-consumer relationships and the role of government in protection and regulation.
ECO 201-3 Principles of Economics Macro (3 + 0)
Introduction to the principles of economics emphasizing an analysis of the economy as a whole. Topics include the methods used in economics, national income accounting, income determination and an analysis of monetary and fiscal policies used by government to combat inflation and unemployment.
ECO 202-3 Principles of Economics Micro (3 + 0)
Introduction to the principles of economics with an emphasis on individual economic units. Topics include consumer choice, production theory, theory of the firm, problems of economic efficiency and problems of economic concentration.
ECO 250-3 Current Economic Issues (3 + 0)
Analysis of selected economic phenomena of contemporary interest to the general public. Discussion of alternatives facing the people concerned. May be repeated for credit when different issues are studied. Concurrent coursework in Principles of Economics recommended.
ECO 301-3 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3 + 0)
Production, price and distribution theory. Value and distribution theories under conditions of varying market structures. Topics include consumer theory, competitive, oligopoly and monopoly pricing and output behavior, pricing of factors of production and welfare theory.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ECO 302-3 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3 + 0)
A survey of major aggregate economic models. Emphasis is on the role of consumption, investment, and government decisions on aggregate economic activity. Topics include an analysis of consumption and investment decisions, income determination models, monetary and fiscal policy and economic growth. Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202,
ECO 310-3 Money and Banking (3 + 0)
The study of money as a policy variable affecting economic activity. Money is examined both in its role in exchange and as an instrument of economic policy. The Federal Reserve System, money supply, money demand their respective effects on macroeconomic activity are stressed.
Prerequisites: ECO 201.
ECO 315-3 Econometrics (3 + 0)
Application of mathematical and statistical techniques to problems in economics. Emphasis is on application rather than computational methods of mathematical rigor. The problems of acquiring, measuring and using economic data are examined.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202 and MTH 121 or CMS 231 or permission of instructor.
ECO 320-3 Economic History of the U.S.
(3 + 0)
Historical trends in American economic organizations and institutions and their development from colonial times to present. Topics include problems of national and regional industrial development, economic stability and trends in income distribution.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ECO 325-3 Labor Economics (3 + 0)
The study of the topics related to the supply of labor, the allocation of labor among uses, the extent and incidence of unemployment, and the determination of
79


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
wages. Concentration is on application of economic theory to understand the behavior of labor and problems of labor markets.
Prerequisites: ECO 202.
ECO 330-3 State and Local Finance (3 + 0)
The study of the topics related to state and local fiscal problems. Topics include demand for state and local government services, analysis of state and local tax instruments and their incidence, intergovernmental fiscal coordination, program budgeting and regulation. Prerequisite: ECO 202.
ECO 335-3 Urban Economic Analysis (3 + 0)
Analysis of the structure of urban economic activity and the economic aspects of urban problems. Particular emphasis is on urban poverty, location and differential growth rates of cities, urban transportation problems, housing problems and selected problems in local government finance.
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
ECO 340-3 Transportation Economics (3 + 0)
Economic analysis applied to specific problems of transport. Topics include the effects of location and transportation costs on firm behavior, public policy and regulation of transportation firms, rate structure and public investment in mass transit and other facilities. Prerequisite: ECO 202.
ECO 345-3 Environmental Economics (3 + 0)
An economic analysis of the causes and consequences of environmental degradation and of public policy measures designed to preserve, protect and enhance human environments.
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
ECO 410-3 Capital Allocation (3 + 0)
A broad spectrum survey of capital allocation alternatives from the corporate and individual viewpoint. Study of the peculiarities of various investment vehicles and their special techniques.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202 or permission of instructor.
ECO 415-3 Mathematical Economics (3 + 0)
Mathematical analysis of economic theory. Topics include a wide range of mathematical techniques applied to economic topics such as theories of choice, externalities and public goods, general equilibrium, growth and stability.
Prerequisites: ECO 315 or permission of instructor.
ECO 420-3 Economic History of Europe (3 + 0)
Evolution of industrial society with emphasis on the growth and development of English industry and commerce.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202 or ECO 320 or permission of instructor.
ECO 425-3 Economics of Collective Bargaining (3 + 0)
An examination of the economic aspects and effects of labor unions and collective bargaining. Topics include models of union behavior, bargaining theories, industrial wage differentials, economic consequences of public unionism and the impact of trade unions on employment, output and inflation.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ECO 430-3 Public Finance (3 + 0)
An analysis of the effects of taxation, government expenditures, fiscal policy and public debt on resource allocation and income distribution. Topics include tax-
ation, pricing of public services, intergovernmental fiscal relations, and macroeconomic issues in public finance.
Prerequisites: ECO 201,202.
ECO 435-3 Regional Economics (3 + 0) Introduction to the techniques of regional economic analysis. Regional growth and change and interregional disparities in economic activity are examined. Topics include economic base analysis, input-output analysis and strategies for regional development.
Prerequisites: ECO 201,202.
ECO 440-3 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (3 + 0)
An examination of the structure, conduct, and performance of American industries. Questions of public policy in dealing with problems created by industrial concentration including the regulation of public utilities are examined. Industries are measured against the yardstick of the public interest.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ECO 445-3 International Economics and Finance (3 + 0)
Fundamental economic concepts for understanding international economic relationships. Topics include international trade theory, capital movements, international monetary institutions, balance of payments adjustments and the impact of trade policies on economic development and growth.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ECO 450-3 Business and Economic Forecasting (3 + 0)
The general approaches to predicting macroeconomic activity, and how these techniques are implemented into the management decision process. Topics include data acquisition, quantitative techniques, business cycle theories and macroeconomic forecasting, industry and sales forecasting.
Prerequisites: ECO 201.
ECO 455-3 Comparative Economic Systems (3 + 0)
An institutional and theoretical analysis of alternative economic systems. Topics include an analysis of the theoretical Marxian system as well as a comparison of capitalism, socialism and communism.
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ECO 460-3 History of Economic Thought (3 + 0)
Survey of the development of economic thought from ancient to modern times. Topics include the classical school from Smith through Mill; Marxian economics; the marginalists and institutional economics. Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
ENGLISH
The Department of English offers comprehensive and varied programs in literature, language, and writing. A number of the courses in these programs are intended to appeal to students in every school of the College who wish to read and understand the major works of literature, to acquire the ability to express themselves accurately, lucidly, and forcefully, and to develop their intellectual and imaginative powers. More advanced courses are designed for students who are especially interested in one or more of the subjects encompassed by the Department. Among these are courses in journalism and communications. These courses provide students with the opportunity to study and to practice using the modes of expression, verbal and nonverbal, employed by newspapers, television and radio, commercial and industrial firms, and governmental agencies.
The Department of English sponsors three of the
80


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
concentrations available under the Communications Multi-Major (see complete description, p. 76).
English Major for Bachelor of Arts
General Emphasis
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature I ENG 221 American Literature I ENG 231 British Literature I
Semester Hours Required 9
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language >
ENG 202 English Grammar
Semester Hours Required 3
III. Two of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature II ENG 222 American Literature II ENG 232 British Literature II ENG 233 British Literature III
Semester Hours Required 6
IV. One of the following courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition^
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop
(Fiction, Poetry, or Drama)*
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing*'
Semester Hours Required 3
V. One of the following genre courses:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature ENG 331 Development of British Drama I
ENG 332 Development of British Drama II
ENG 333 British Novel I
ENG 334 British Novel II
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental
Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature ENG 343 Classical Mythology ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester Hours Required 3
VI. Four electives from 300-400 level courses including at least one from the following:
ENG 401 Seminar in Modern Linguistic Studies
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature ENG 413 Major Authors ENG 414 Modern Continental, English, and American Drama
ENG 431 Shakespeare I: Comedies,
Histories, and Sonnets ENG 432 Shakespeare II: Tragedies and Ethical-Problem Plays ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing ENG 461 Literary Criticism
Semester Hours Required 12 Total Semester Hours Required 36
English Major for Bachelor of Arts:
Secondary School Teaching Emphasis**
Required Courses for Certification
I. ENG 211 World Literature I
Prerequisite: Corresponding lower division course or pass department examination. Lower division prerequisite does not count toward major.
Students seeking secondary credentials in English must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the English major requirements. Recently, Colorado law affecting teacher certification has been changed, and several changes may be necessary to current programs starting Fall, 1977. Details are not available at the time of this printing; therefore, students should contact the Education Department for modifications.
ENG 221 American Literature I ENG 222 American Literature II ENG 231 British Literature I
Semester Hours Required 12
II. ENG 202 English Grammar
Semester Hours Required 3
III. One of the following courses:
ENG 301 Advanced Study of the Structure of the Enlgish Language ENG 302 History of the English Language ENG 303 Semantics
Semester Hours Required 3
IV. Each of the following courses:
ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents ENG 351 Advanced Composition*
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools
Semester Hours Required 12
V. Three English Electives (at least one 400-level) selected in consultation with and approved by designated English Department advisors
Semester Hours Required 9
VI. One of the following courses:
COM 376 Instructional Communication RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in the Content Areas: Secondary One 300/400-level Journalism course
Semester Hours Required 3 Total Semester Hours Required 42
English Major for Bachelor of Arts:
Writing Emphasis
I. One of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature I ENG 212 World Literature II
Semester Hours Required
II. ENG 221 ENG 231 ENG 232
American Literature I British Literature I British Literature II
Semester Hours Required
III. One of the following courses:
ENG 222 American Literature II ENG 233 British Literature III
Semester Hours Required
IV. One of the following courses:
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing Semester Hours Required
V. Same as V for General English Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester Hours Required
3
9
3
3
3
VI. Four of the following writing courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop*** (Fiction, Poetry, or Drama)
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing***
Semester Hours Required 12
VII. One elective from 300-400 level courses
Semester Hours Required 3 Total Semester Hours Required 36
English Minor
I. .Two of the following courses: vENG 211 World Literature I
Each of these courses may be repeated for credit with the permission of the instructor.
81


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
ENG 212 World Literature II ENG 221 American Literature I ENG 222 American Literature il ENG 231 British Literature I ENG 232 British Literature II ENG 233 British Literature III
Semester Hours Required IL One ol the following courses:
'' ENG 201 Thfe Nature of Language ENG 202 English Grammar ENG 251 Intermediate Composition ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing/ Semester Hours Required
III. Three electives from 300-400 level courses including at least one from the following: ENG 321 Drama in the United States ENG 322 American Poetry ENG 323 American Novel ENG 324 Afro-American Literature ENG 331 Development of British Drama I ENG 332 Development of British Drama II ENG 333 British Novel I ENG 334 British Novel iI ENG 336 British Poetry ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature ENG 343 Classical Mythology ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester Hours Required
Total Semester Hours Required
6
3
9
18
English Minor:
Secondary School Teaching Emphasis*
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents ENG 351 Advanced Composition ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools
Semester Hours Required 12 lli One of the following courses:
J ENG 301 Advanced Study of the Structure of the English Language ENG 302 History of the English Language ENG 303 Semantics
Semester Hours Required 3 III. Three English Electives from 300-400 level courses selected in consultation with and approved by designated English Department advisors
Semester Hours Required 9 Total Semester Hours Required 24
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Industrial Media Communications Concentration Organizational Communications Concentration Specialist Communications Concentration
See Communications Multi-Major, page 76, for requirements of these Liberal Arts ,,umbrella,, programs sponsored by the Department of English.
^This minor does not satisfy MSC requirements for certification in Secondary English, but does meet minimum requirements for those seeking eligibility to teach English in secondary schools accredited by the North Central Association. Students working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisors.
Communications Minor
Jach of the following courses:
OM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories
COM 273 Industrial Communication and />/ Media
Semester Hours Required 9 II. Five of the following courses:
COM 274 Continuity for Radio COM 371 Projects in Industrial Communication
COM 372 Projects in Organizational Communication
COM 373 Communication Systems Analysis
COM 374 Script Writing: Film, Television COM 375 Industrial Editing and Production-COM 376 Instructional Communication COM 377 Executive Communication COM 378 Communication and the Law COM 379 Empirical Research in Communication
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/ Organizational Communication
Semester Hours Required 15 Total Semester Hours Required 24
Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts The Journalism major prepares students for careers dealing with news and information media, including the press, broadcasting, and public relations.
Required Courses
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism JRN 182 News Writing JRN 282 News Editing and Copy Reading I JRN 285 Press Photography JRN 381 Feature Article Writing JRN 382 Public Relations Writing JRN 383 Contemporary Issues JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing JRN 385 Intermediate News Writing JRN 482 News Editing and Copy Reading II JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion
JRN 486 Advanced News Writing
Total Semester Hours Required 36
Journalism Minor
I. Each of the following courses:
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism JRN 182 News Writing
Semester Hours Required 6 il. Five of the following courses:
JRN 282 News Editing and Copy Reading I JRN 285 Press Photography JRN 381 Feature Article Writing JRN 382 Public Relations Writing JRN 383 Contemporary Issues JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing JRN 385 Intermediate News Writing JRN 482 News Editing and Copy Reading II
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion
JRN 486 Advanced News Writing
Semester Hours Required 15 Total Semester Hours Required 21
ENG 100-3 Elements of Composition (3 + 0)
A course in the fundamentals of sentence structure, diction, punctuation, and organization. Required of students whose facility in English is below the norm for first-year college students, as determined by tests and a writing sample.
82


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
ENG 101-3 Freshman Composition: The Essay (3 + 01 pariW''
A course in the'Kinds of writing frequently required in college: analyticaljwpfiijri informative and persuasive composition, and essay examinations. All students must pass a departmental examination before they may take ENG 102.
ENG 102-3 Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation (3 + 0)
The course provides instruction in writing the research paper, documenting it properly, and in writing analytical and interpretive essays.
Prerequisite: ENG 101.
ENG 106-3 English for Speakers of Other Languages (3 + 0)
Development of the basic skills of reading, writing, and speaking English for native and foreign speakers of other languages. Instruction in the fundamentals of English usage.
ENG 111-3 Introduction to Literature: Fiction (3 +0)
A critical introduction to selected short stories and short novels, with emphasis on twentieth-century British and American writings.
Recommended for the Humanities general studies requirement.
ENG 112-3 Introduction to Literature: Drama (3 + 0)
A critical introduction to drama: study of a number of plays, mostly British and American.
Recommended for the Humanities general studies requirement.
ENG 113-3 Introduction to Literature: Poetry (3 + 0)
A critical introduction to American and British poetry, from lyric to confessional, through the study of prosody, meaning, and form.
Recommended for the Humanities general studies requirement.
ENG 114-3 Literature of Popular Interest (3 + 0)
Courses which have an appeal at a given time will be offered under this general title. The specific course or courses will be designated by a descriptive title, such as science fiction, detective fiction, tales of terror. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
ENG 131-3 Introduction to Shakespeare (3 + 0)
A general introduction to the plays and sonnets of William Shakespeare.
\
ENG 201-3 The Nature of Language
(3 + 0)
The course applies current linguistic techniques to the study of language systems. The course also deals with language acquisition and social dialects.
ENCa 202-3 English Grammar (3 + 0)
An intermediate study of traditional and contemporary grammar, extensive analysis of the elements of English (sentences, clauses, phrases; absolute elements; parts of speech; and punctuation).
ENG 211-3 World Literature I: Homer to Cervantes (3 +0)
Literature of Greece, Rome, and other European countries through the Renaissance.
Recommended as the beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 212-3 World Literature II: Descartes to Satre (3 + 0)
Continental literature since the Renaissance.
Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 221-3 American Literature I (3 + 0)
American literature from the Colonial Period through Walt Whitman.
Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 222-3 American Literature II (3 + 0)
American literature from Mark Twain to the present.
Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 231-3 British Literature I (3 + 0)
British literature from the Old English period to the Restoration (1660).
Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 232-3 British Literature II (3 + 0)
British literature from the Restoration (1660) to the Victorian Period (1832)
Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 233-3 British Literature III: Modern Era (3 + 0)
British literature from the Victorian Period to the present.
Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 251-3 Intermediate Composition (3 + 0)
Lectures, group and individual discussions, and exercises in writing and evaluating non-fiction essays, critical analysis, and documented papers.
Prerequisite: ENG 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 252-3 Introduction to Creative Writing (3 + 0)
Lectures, group discussions, and exercises in writing fiction, poetry, and drama.
Prerequisite: ENG 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 301-3 Advanced Study of the Structure of the English Language (3 + 0)
A study of the English language, through a transforma-tional/generative approach, describing the sound patterns, word formations, and syntax of English. Prerequisite: ENG 201, or permission of instructor.
ENG 302-3 History of the English Language (3 + 0)
History of the language, including a brief survey of the scientific principles involved in language evolution, changes in grammatical forms, and vocabulary development.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 303-3 Semantics (3 + 0)
Practical studies in meaning, word origins and derivations, and semantic changes and effects. Analysis and application of syntactic, symbolic, and pragmatic elements of semantics.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
83


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
ENG 321-3 Drama in the United States (3 + 0)
A study of plays written in the United States from 1714 to the present.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 322-3 American Poetry (3 + 0)
The study of major American poets from Bradstreet to Frost with emphasis on artistic achievement through analysis of prosody and theme.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 323-3 American Novel (3 + 0)
A study of the practice, theory, and critical evaluation of the American novel from the early nineteenth century to the 1940s.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 324-3 Afro-American Literature
(3 + 0)
A study of the various forms of literature produced by black Americans. The works are considered in the context of the historical and social conditions of the time at which they were written.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 331-3 Development of British Drama I (3 + 0)
Plays selected from medieval, sixteenth, and seventeenth century drama to acquaint students with the origin and development of major kinds of plays.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 332-3 Development of British Drama II (3 + 0)
Plays selected from the Restoration and eighteenth century and from the transitional period (1880-1920) of British drama to acquaint students with the development of modern plays.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 333-3 British Novel I (3 + 0)
A study of trends in the novel from the beginnings to 1800.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 334-3 British Novel II (3 + 0)
A study of trends in the noval from 1800 to the present.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 336-3 British Poetry (3 + 0)
A study of six centuries of British poetry from Chaucer to Yeats and Eliot, with emphasis upon the works of the major poets of each period.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission ot instructor.
ENG 341-3 Masterpieces of Continental Literature (3 + 0)
Major works by European writers from the classical peiod to the present. May be repeated for credit if different content is specified.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission ot instructor.
ENG 342-3 The English Bible as Literature
(3 + 0)
A study of the King James Bible with emphasis on the
literary forms and the cultural traditions of the Old and New Testaments.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours ot English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 343-3 Classical Mythology (3 + 0)
A study of Greek and Roman myths, their parallels in other mythologies, and their occurrence in literature and criticism. By tracing the modifications of various myths from their most ancient forms to todays poems, the course will acquaint students with the continued vitality of mythology.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 345-3 Literature from Writings in the Sciences (3 + 0)
Study of scientific works of literary merit written by eminent scientists for the general reader.
Prerequisite: Permission ot instructor.
ENG 346-3 Childrens Literature (3 + 0)
A study of all levels and types of childrens literature for the student who is interested in literature per se and for the student who is planning to become a teacher. An introduction to types and varieties of literature for reading to children as well as reading by children.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours ot English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 347-3 Literature for Adolescents
(3 + 0)
A critical survey of literature for adolescents, including the contemporary adolescent novel, current poetry and drama, and multicultural/ethnic literature.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission ot instructor.
ENG 351-3 Advanced Composition (3 + 0) A study of the theoretical and ethical bases of persuasive writing and practice in the principles and techniques which effect constructive persuasion in a pluralistic society.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission ot instructor.
ENG 352-3 Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction, Poetry, or Drama) (3 + 0)
Group discussions and supervised projects in writing imaginative literature. May be repeated for credit for each of the genres.
Prerequisite: ENG 252, or permission of instructor.
ENG 353-3 Techniques of Critical Writing (3 + 0)
Methods and practice in writing expository analysis of poetry, prose, and drama.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission ot instructor.
ENG 361-3 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3 + 0)
Investigation, preparation, and presentation of current techniques, materials, and media for teaching English in junior and senior high schools.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor.
ENG 362-3 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools (3 + 0)
Analysis, evaluation, and application of the major systems of teaching composition, techniques of correction and revision, and motivation for writing.
Prerequisite: ENG 361, or permission ot instructor.
ENG 401-3 Seminar in Modern Linguistic Studies (3 + 0)
A study of the most significant contemporary theories
84


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
in linguistic science, American, British, and European, and an examination of practical applications.
Prerequisite: Any one of the following: ENG 201, 301, 302, 303; ANT 337.
ENG 411-3 Advanced Studies in Literature (3 + 0)
The study of selected works chosen as representative of an important "school or group within a period. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 412-3 Selected Themes in Literature
(3 + 0)
A study of literary works selected as significant expressions of a theme, idea, or mode. The works studied are not necessarily restricted to a particular period or country. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 413-3 Major Authors (3 + 0)
The course traces in representative works the artistic and intellectual development of one or two important writers. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 414-3 Modem Continental, English, and American Drama (3 + 0)
A comprehensive survey of the important dramatic works of the last hundred years with emphasis on trends and developments. Plays by German, Scandinavian, Russian, Italian, Spanish, French, British, and American playwrights are included.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 431-3 Shakespeare I: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets (3 + 0)
Selected comedies, and histories including The Taming of the Shrew, A Midsummer Nights Dream, The Merchant of Venice, As You Like It, Twelfth Night, The Tempest, Richard II, 1 & 2 Henry IV, Henry V; selected sonnets.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 432-3 Shakespeare II: Tragedies and Ethical-Problem Plays (3 + 0)
Selected tragedies, and problem plays, including Romeo and Juliet, Julius Caesar, Hamlet, Othello, King Lear, Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, Measure for Measure, Troiius and Cressida, Cymbeline.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
ENG 452-3 Advanced Creative Writing (3 + 0)
Individual instruction and independent projects in writing fiction, poetry, and drama; instruction in submitting work for publication. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.
Prerequisite: ENG 352, or permission of instructor.
ENG 461-3 Literary Criticism (3 + 0)
Studies in the major schools of literary criticsm from Plato and Aristotle to the twentieth century.
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
COMMUNICATIONS
COM 271-3 Introduction to Technical Writing (3 + 0)
Practice in the specific techniques required for writing
in the areas of technology and science; particular emphasis placed on report formats for government, science, and industry and the various audiences requiring technical information.
Prerequisite: ENG 102, or permission of instructor.
COM 272-3 introduction to Communication Theories (3 + 0)
Study of basic communication theories as used in industrial, governmental, and technical communication, communication analysis, and the media. Includes identification of strengths and weaknesses of the communication process.
COM 273-3 Industrial Communication and Media (3 + 0)
An introduction to communication systems and media for industrial applications, including the design, production, and evaluation of several types of media presentations.
Prerequisite: COM 272, or permission of instructor.
COM 274-3 Continuity for Radio (3 + 0)
Study of radio broadcast script forms and principles. Preparation of original dramatic materials, documentaries, news spots, and commercials for aural impact. Prerequisite: ENG 102, or permission of instructor.
COM 371-3 Projects in Industrial Communication (3 + 0)
Supervised opportunities for developing the technical writing ability required for reports and proposals, using formats common to government, science, business, and industry.
Prerequisite: COM 271, or equivalent work experience.
COM 372-3 Projects in Organizational Communications (3 + 0)
Advanced study of the communication networks operating in industrial, governmental, and educational organizations. Students work on specific projects of their own design. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: COM 272, or six hours of Communications, Journalism, or business courses, or permission of instructor.
COM 373-3 Communication Systems Analysis (3 + 0)
Study and application of systems analysis to different communication groups, systems, or networks, including intra- and interpersonal, small group, and mass communication systems.
Prerequisite: COM 272, or permission of instructor.
COM 374-3 Script Writing: Film, Television (3 + 0)
Principles of film or television writing. Organization and writing of story outlines, treatments, formats, and scripts. Training in the fundamentals of visual and audio applications and production. Viewing and analysis of films or television productions. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: ENG 102, or permission of instructor.
COM 375-3 Industrial Editing and Production (3 + 0)
Techniques of producing company publications, including writing, editing, format, reproduction, and costing.
Prerequisite: Six hours of Journalism and/or Communications courses.
COM 376-3 Instructional Communication (3 + 0)
Study and application of contemporary communication theory and technology in instructional systems and settings. Analysis and evaluation of various media, human interaction, and instructional networks for de-
85


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
veloping effective communication for teaching and learning.
Prerequisite: COM 272, or permission of instructor.
COM 377-3 Executive Communication (3 + 0)
Comparison of the communication techniques of men and women executives. Particular emphasis on the ways decisions are presented and self-image is transmitted by communication.
COM 378-3 Communication and the Law (3 + 0)
Study of the legal rights and responsibilities relating to communication. Includes discussion of the conflict between various laws and the law and the media.
Prerequisite: Six hours of Communications, Journalism, or business courses, or permission of instructor.
COM 379-3 Empirical Research in Communication (3 + 0)
Study of methods and resources currently used in communication research. Special emphasis on new technological research aids and developing techniques.
Prerequisites: ENG 102, and six hours of Communications, Journalism, or business courses, or permission of instructor.
COM 479-3 Current Problems in Industrial/ Organizational Communication (3 + 0) Group projects involving the writing and production or reports needed by and prepared for the college and the community.
Prerequisites: COM 271, plus one additional Communications course, or equivalent work experience.
JOURNALISM
JRN 181-3 Introduction to Journalism (3 + 0)
Introduction to journalistic practices, an appraisal of the news media, studying the basic elements of the news story and development of news writing techniques.
JRN 182-3 News Writing (3 + 0)
Concentration of sharpening the basic skills of reporting and news writing, with stress on accuracy and speed in compiling news stories.
Prerequisite: JRN 181, or permission of instructor.
JRN 282-3 News Editing and Copy Reading I (3 + 0)
An introduction to the techniques of copy editing, headline writing, page layout and dummying, including a survey of print media production methods. Prerequisite: JRN 181, or permission of instructor.
JRN 285-3 Press Photography (2 + 2)
A course designed to give the student practical experience in using the camera to get news and feature pictures, in processing the film through the darkroom, and in using pictures effectively in publications. Prerequisite: JRN 182, or permission of instructor.
JRN 381-3 Feature Article Writing (3 + 0) Study of feature writing styles of newspapers and magazines, with practice in writing communications features intended for media publication.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
JRN 382-3 Public Relations Writing (3 + 0) Practice in writing institutional (organizational) news, features, and editorials for public information productions, relating news and feature writing to such publications.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
JRN 383-3 Contemporary Issues (3 + 0)
An in-depth investigation of a reportorial exercise into a single political, social, or economic issue, wherein each student works independently but shares the experience with the entire class.
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182, and 282, or permission of instructor.
JRN 384-3 'Broadcast News Writing (3 + 0)
The preparation and writing of news and features for radio and television newscasts, with emphasis on clarity and conciseness, with instruction and practical work. The course includes visits to radio and TV newsrooms and guest appearances by persons working in broadcast journalism.
Prerequisite: JRN 182, or permission of instructor.
JRN 385-3 Intermediate News Writing (3 + 0)
News gathering and writing techniques in specific fields, such as politics, urban affairs, judicial, crime, sports, and human interest stories.
Prerequisites: JRN 181, and 182, or permission of instructor.
JRN 482-3 News Editing and Copy Reading II (3 + 0)
Advanced instruction and experience in the techniques of copy editing, headline writing, layout, and print media production.
Prerequisite: JRN 282, or permission of instructor.
JRN 485-3 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion (3 + 0)
An overview of the mass media and its role in society, with emphasis on how the media affects and responds to public opinion and how it resists and abets propaganda.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
JRN 486-3 Advanced News Writing (3 + 0)
An intensive, high-level experience in advanced reporting and news writing, wherein the student polishes his/her ability to as near a professional level as possible.
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182, 282, and 385.
HISTORY
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HIS 101 Western Civilization I.................. 3
HIS 102 Western Civilization II ................ 3
HIS 121 American History I ................... 3
HIS 122 American History II..................... 3
Electives A minimum of 20 additional semester hours in History is required, 16 hours of which must be Upper Division. No more than 8 semester hours of cross-listed courses (i.e., courses cross-listed with History but taught by the staff of other departments) will be accepted toward a History major.
Grade Average Students majoring in History must maintain at least a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Advising History majors should consult with a departmental advisor to select the courses in other disciplines which complement their area of concentration in the major.
Minor in History
Required Courses
HIS 101 Western Civilization I.................. 3
HIS 102 Western Civilization II ................ 3
HIS 121 American History I .................... 3
HIS 122 American History II..................... 3


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Electives A minimum of 6 additional semester hours in History. The hours must be Upper Division and should be selected in consultation with a departmental advisor.
If a student wishes to take some of these hours in cross-listed courses (i.e., courses cross-listed with History but taught by the staff of other departments), the approval of the Department Chairman must be secured BEFORE the cross-listed course or courses are taken. Grade Average Students majoring in History must maintain a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Secondary Education Certification in History
To qualify for certification, History majors are required to follow the program below:
Surveys HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 121, HIS 122 (12 semester hours)
Core Courses
Semester
Hours
HIS 300 Research Techniques: Historical
Method .................................... 1
HIS 302 Masterpieces in History............. 2
HIS 401 Methods of Teaching History:
Secondary School ......................... 3
These core courses are offered only once a year. Required Areas
Students are also required to take two courses in any of the following four areas:
1. Colorado History (including Denver History and The American West)
2. Urban History
3. Afro-American History
4. History of the American Southwest, 1848-Present. (This course is offered through the Chicano Studies Department.)
Electives In addition to the above, students are also required to take 18 semester hours Upper Division on a 2/3 1/3 basis; i.e., if 12 hours are in European history, the other 6 must be in United States history or vice versa. (Asian history courses will be counted as fulfilling the European requirement, and courses in Latin American history will be included with United States history.)
The student in the certification program must, therefore, take more Upper Division courses than a general History major and must also broaden his background by taking his Upper Division courses in more than one area. Students in this program are expected to maintain a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Students seeking secondary credentials in History must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to the History requirements. New Colorado regulations indicate that several changes may be necessary to current programs starting Fall, 1977. Students should contact the History Department or the Education Department for modifications.
HIS 100-3 American Civilization I (3 + 0)
An introduction to contemporary American history and character, with a major emphasis on those forces and events which are shaping modern America.
HIS 101-3 Western Civilization I: To 1715 (3 + 0)
A survey of the development of the culture and institutions of Western Civilization: the earliest civilizations of the Middle East, the transitions of the classical Mediterranean world, and the syntheses of Western Europe in the Medieval and Early Modern Periods.
HIS 102-3 Western Civilization II: 1715 to the Present (3 + 0)
The history and culture of Western Civilization from 1715 to the present: the Ancient Regime and Revolutions, nineteenth century nationalism and liberalism,
and the crises of wars and values in the twentieth century.
HIS 110-3 The American West (3 + 0)
Treats the growth and development of the Trans-Mississippi West from 1540 to 1900. Special attention will be paid to the economic and social factors which made the West a distinct region.
HIS 111-3 Colorado History I (3 + 0)
History of the growth and development of Colorado with primary emphasis on the nineteenth century. Course treats Native American influence, Spanish, French and United States exploration, mining and trapping; early settlements and pioneer life.
HIS 112-3 History of Denver (3 + 0)
Emphasis will be given to the growth and development of Denver. Field trips are utilized to clarify the city's history. Students are acquainted with agencies interested in preserving the citys history.
HIS 121-3 American History I (3 + 0)
This course surveys the European background to American history, the colonial period, the Revolution, the development of the United States from Washington through Jackson, the sectional differences of the 1840s and 1850s and the Civil War.
HIS 122-3 American History II (3 + 0)
This course covers the immediate background to present day America beginning with the Civil War and culminating with World War II. Such topics as industrialization, emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the First World War, the roaring twenties and the great depression will be treated.
HIS 124-2 Recent U.S., 1945 to the Present (2 + 0)
This course covers Americas role in the Postwar World and the interaction between domestic and foreign policy in our country. It will be taught by the Department as a whole and covers topics such as The Cold War, Crises in Latin America, the Kennedy Years, and Watergate.
HIS 200-3 American Civilization II (3 + 0)
American Civilization II is an intensive treatment of major historical topics and themes of contemporary relevance. This course is a continuation of American Civilization I but can be taken without first taking American Civilization I.
HIS 211-3 Colorado History II (3 + 0)
Course concentrates on Twentieth Century Colorado's political, social and economic history. The progressive movement, the Ku Klux Klans rise to power, the Depression Years and post World War II Colorado are covered in depth.
HIS 300-1 Research Techniques: (1 + 0) Introduces students to specialized research techniques including: Research in U.S. Public Documents; State and Municipal Archives; and Historical Research Methods. May be repeated for credit as title changes.
HIS 302-1 Masterpieces in History: (1 + 0) Considers the works of the great historians. Some of the modules offered will be: The Ancients; Romantics and Rationalists; and The Americans. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
HIS 304-2 The Ancient Near East (2 + 0)
This course is designed to give the student a greater knowledge of, and a deeper insight into, the nature and processes of Western mans transition from barbarism to civilization in the Middle East and Asia Minor. Prerequisite: HIS 101, or permission of instructor.
HIS 305-3 History of Classical Civilization (3 + 0)
This course traces the development of the classical
87


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Mediterranean Civilization from its Aegean origins through classical Greece and Republican Romb to the great synthesis of the Roman Empire.
Prerequisite: HIS 101, or permission of instructor.
HIS 312-3 History of the Middle Ages (3 + 0)
Course covers the history and culture of Europe from c. 325 to 1300 emphasizing such themes as the transition from ancient to medieval civilization, Latin Christianity, the Carolingian empire, the papacy and the development of feudal society.
Prerequisite: HIS 101, or permission of instructor.
HIS 314-3 Europe in Renaissance and Reformation (3 + 0)
After studying its political, religious, cultural, and economic roots in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, the religious upheaval of the sixteenth century is examined in detail. Also considered is the immediate and long-range effect of the Reformation upon Western Civilization.
HIS 321-3 The Era of the French Revolution: Europe 1715-1815 (3 + 0)
After studying its political, cultural, social, and economic roots in the eighteenth century, the French Revolution is examined in detail. Also considered are the effects of the Revolution and Napoleon upon France and the major countries of Europe.
HIS 323-3 Europe in the Nineteenth Century (3 + 0)
Covers Europe either as a whole or in interrelated modules, culminating in the tragic climax of World War I: a) nationalism, primarily political history; b) industrialism, social, economic, and intellectual history; c) imperialism, diplomatic history.
HIS 326-3 Twentieth Century Europe, 1914-1939 (3 + 0)
Internal developments in the major European nations are analyzed from World War I to 1939. Primary emphasis is placed on the impact of the First World War, Versailles, the Russian Revolution, the rise of fascism, and international relations.
Prerequisite: HIS 102.
HIS 327-1 Problems in European History (1 +0)
An examination of various problems in European history. The topics will vary to accommodate student needs and interests. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
Prerequisite: HIS 101, 102, or permission of instructor.
HIS 328-3 History of Modern Germany (3 + 0)
The history and culture of Germany are studied against the background of the transformation from the underdeveloped and politically fragmented Holy Roman Empire in 1789 to the industrial giant and world power of the twentieth century.
HIS 329-3 Nazi Germany (3 + 0)
Examines the Hitler regime in theory and practice, in peace and war, as a case study of a police state dictatorship in one of the most highly civilized and industrialized nations of the twentieth century.
HIS 331-3 History of England to 1714 (3 + 0)
Studies the institutional and cultural development of the English nation from the earliest times to the death of Queen Anne.
HIS 332-3 History of England,
1714-Present (3 + 0)
Analyzes the social, political, and economic developments that produced the unique phenomena of modern
Great Britain, the British Empire, and the final retreat from power after World War I.
HIS 336-3 Women in European History (3 + 0)
Considers the role of women in European history from ancient times to the present.
HIS 338-3 Women in U.S. History (3 + 0)
Considers the role of women in North American history from pre-Columbian times to the present.
HIS 340-1-3 Biography as History:
(Variable Topics) (1-3 + 0)
An in-depth examination of the lives of individuals who personify a major historical issue or theme. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
HIS 341-1 The Roots of the American Character (1 + 0)
This course focuses upon topics and themes in early American history which seem, in retrospect, to have contributed most to an emerging American culture.
HIS 343-3 The Era of the American Revolution (3 + 0)
Analyzes the structure of American society on the eve of the Revolution, the evolution of British imperial policy and the causes of the Revolution. Military and diplomatic aspects of the era are stressed as well as the forces that were making for a more perfect union.
HIS 345-3 Young America, 1787-1848 (3 + 0)
Covers the period from the formation of the Federal Union to the end of the Mexican War with emphasis on political and social history.
HIS 351-3 The American Civil War (3 + 0)
Traces the course of the slavery controversy and the other issues that divided the union in the 1850's. Considers the war itself, particularly political, diplomatic, and constitutional issues.
HIS 352-3 Reconstruction and the New South (3 + 0)
This course will focus upon the problem of restoring the union after the Civil War and will trace these reconstruction issues into the twentieth century South with special emphasis upon race relations.
HIS 354-3 The Emerging Giant: America, 1877-1920 (3 + 0)
Traces the rise of industrialism; the organization of laborers and farmers; the growth of American imperialism; the spirit of reform in America and resulting social, political, and constitutional adjustments.
HIS 356-3 History of Urbanization (3 + 0)
A comprehensive survey of urbanization since ancient times. Emphasis will be placed on the historical, social, and economic factors which have shaped urban life. Particular attention will be given to the emergence of the industrial city both in Europe and the United States.
HIS 357-3 Afro-American History I (3 + 0)
Moving from the background of African culture and the slave trade, this course traces the distinctive rnle of the people of African heritage in the United States to 1876.
Prerequisites: HIS 121, HIS 122, or permission of instructor.
HIS 358-3 Afro-American History II (3 + 0)
Continues a study of the role of the people of African heritage in the United States from 1876 to the present. Emphasis is placed on understanding the historical tradition which gives rise to current dilemmas facing America.
Prerequisites: HIS 121, HIS 122, or permission of instructor.
88


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
HIS 360-3-4 State and Local History (3 + 0) or (3 + 2)
(Field experience is optional.)
A research/skill course designed to acquaint students with regional history. Emphasis will be placed on student initiated projects, on oral history techniques, and on research development. Field work of up to one hour credit will be arranged.
HIS 364-2 The Roaring Twenties and the Hungry Thirties (2 -I- 0)
Covers the intellectual climate of the Twenties, domestic and foreign policies from Harding through Hoover, the Great Depression, the New Deal, and U.S. diplomacy on the eve of World War II. This course can be offered as two modules, (a) on the Twenties and (b) on the Thirties.
HIS 365-3 World War II and Its Aftermath, 1939-1948 (3 + 0)
A detailed examination of World War II and the early years of the Cold War. Emphasis is placed on the war in Europe, the impact of Nazi rule; on the diplomacy among the wartime allies; and on the collapse of wartime cooperation and the advent of the Cold War, as well as containment.
Prerequisites: HIS 102, HIS 326, or permission of instructor.
HIS 372-2 History of the Far East (2 + 0)
Covers the cultural, social, and political history of the Far East, including Southeast Asia, from earliest times to the present.
HIS 376-2 History and Culture of China (2 + 0)
Covers the history of China from earliest times, the development of its culture, its social, economic, and political institutions, and the response to the West.
HIS 378-2 History and Culture of Japan (2 + 0)
Covers the history of Japan from earliest times, the development of its culture, its social, economic, and political institutions, and the response to the West.
HIS 380-3 History of Latin America I: Empires to Republics (3 + 0)
This course will trace and analyze the political, social, and economic development of the Spanish and Portuguese empires in America from the initial period of exploration and conquest through the institutionalization of the imperial systems.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
HIS 381-3 History of Latin America II: Nationalism and Modernization (3 + 0)
A selective analysis of the problems and solutions of the Latin American republics in their attempts to construct viable nation-states. Emphasis will be placed on the liberalism of the nineteenth century and the revolutionary experiences of the twentieth century.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
HIS 389-1-2 Readings in History (1-2 + 0)
In this course, a student will read extensively in a selected area. Critiques of the works read will be submitted to the professor directing the reading, and the credit is dependent upon the amount read and the quality of the critiques. May be repeated for credit as the title changes.
HIS 392-1 Ethnicity in American History (1 +0)
Although concerned with the general problems involved in the study of ethnicity, this course will concentrate on a wide variety of ethnic groups; the topics will change, depending on student needs and interests. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
HIS 394-1 Contemporary Challenges
d +0)
This course will examine in depth a major topical issue confronting contemporary America. Topics will vary to accommodate student interests. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
HIS 395-1 Futurology (1 + 0)
This course will examine the historic currents of our time and the direction in which they are taking the United States. Topics will vary to accommodate student interests. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
HIS 396-1-3 Popular Culture (1-3 + 0)
A study of the content, trends, genres, tastes, technical developments, and perspectives of popular culture studies. Topics will vary to accommodate student needs and interests. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
HIS 401-3 Methods of Teaching History: Secondary School (3 + 0)
Examines the relationship between history and the social sciences, explores new curricular approaches, and discusses philosophies of history. The course is methodological and will deal with "new" and traditional approaches to the teaching of United States and World History.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status; must have taken EDU 321, and eighteen semester hours of history. Ideally should be taken semester before student teaching is done.
HIS 407-2 Radicalism in American History (2 + 0)
Focuses on major radicals and radical movements in American history from the colonial era to the present, with particular emphasis on the 1960's and 70s.
HIS 428-3 History of Russia to 1905 (3 + 0) Considers the controversial interpretations of the formation of the Russian state, the emergence of modern Russia, nineteenth century autocracy, the rise of the Intelligentsia, and the 1905 Revolution.
HIS 432-3 Russia in the Twentieth Century (3 + 0)
Explores major developments in the domestic and foreign policies of twentieth century Russia. Emphasis is placed on revolutions, on the social, political and intellectual changes which have come to Soviet Russia, and on the role of such personalities as Lenin, Stalin, Khrushchev and Brezhnev.
Prerequisite: HIS 102, HIS 326, or permission of instructor.
Of the above courses, the following may be repeated if the topics are changed: HIS 300, HIS 302, HIS 327, HIS 340, HIS 389, HIS 392, HIS 394, HIS 395, and HIS 396.
HOSPITALITY, MEETING & TRAVEL ADMINISTRATION
Major for Bachelor of Arts
The Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration Program provides a flexible and individualized interdisciplinary and inter-institutional program leading to the Bachelor of Arts Degree.
A student is offered options in Hotel-Motel Administration, Restaurant Administration, Meeting Administration and Travel Administration. Each of the options is designed for the individual student to provide both the theoretical knowledge and practical experience to prepare him/her for employment in these rapidly expanding industries.
To be awarded a degree, the student must conform
89


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
to the Colleges general specifications for the bachelors degree listed under Programs of Study and Degree Requirements. A summary of the HMTA Program the student must complete is as follows:
Semester
Hours
General Studies ............................. 36
HMTA Core.................................... 32
HMTA Major .................................. 40
Free Electives............................... 12
Total 120
All lower division specialized courses in Hotel-Motel, Restaurant and Travel Administration options are taken at Community College of Denver. In addition to meeting course requirements and the Colleges Degree specifications, the HMTA student must:
1. Maintain a Grade Point Average of 2.25.
2. Demonstrate a typing proficiency of 45.
3. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of technical drawing.
4. Demonstrate a basic competence in a foreign language.*
5. Present certification of 1200 clock hours of on-the-job experience in the HMTA areas. These may be secured through paid job experience, cooperative education, internships or a combination of the three. (No more than 9 semester hours in cooperative education will be accepted and these hours must contain a specific description of the job duties performed.)
6. Select an HMTA Advisement Committee not later than his/her second semester of enrollment in the HMTA Program.
a. The HMTA Advisement Committee will be composed of: At least two MSC Faculty Members including the Program Coordinator. One Community College of Denver Faculty member from the students option area. One member from the industry represented by the students option area.
b. The committee works with the student in planning his program, and meets with him at least once a year to advise and assist in the accomplishment of that program.
General Studies
Although no courses are required other than English 101 and 102, the following are strongly recommended:
SPE 101-3 MDL 130-2 COM 271-3 PSY 101-3 ECO 201-3 MTH 101-1 MTH 102-1 MTH 103-1 MTH 104-1
Fundamentals of Speech Communication Foreign Languages for Professionals Introduction to Technical Writing Introductory Psychology Principles of Economics Macro Beginning Algebra Beginning Geometry Triangle Trigonometry Elementary Mathematics for Business
and Economics
HMTA Core
Hotel-Motel (Community College North)
Introduction to Food Service Management, F-200A or HM 119 Food and Beverage Man-
agement and Service at CCD Auraria------- 2
Hotel-Motel (Community College Auraria)
HM 103 Introduction to Hotel-Motel
Management ............................ 2
Travel (Community College Auraria)
TA101 Introduction to Travel and Tourism.. 2
-Competence to be certified by MSC Modern Language Department.
Semester
Hours
Meeting (Metropolitan State College)
SPE 318 Basic Meeting Planning............ 3
Health Administration (Metropolitan State College)
HES105 Dynamics of Health................. 3
Business (Metropolitan State College)
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I...... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ........... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........ 3
MKT 312 Promotional Strategy .............. 3
Speech
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication ... 3
Geography
GEG 100 World Regional Geography........ 5
Total Semester Hours Required 32
HOTEL-MOTEL ADMINISTRATION
Required Courses
Hotel-Motel (Community College Auraria)
See CCD Auraria courses in Hotel-Motel Management 20 Semester Hours Required.
Hotel Administration (Metropolitan State College)
HMT 458 Practicum in Hotel Administration .. 2
HMT 459 Seminar in Hotel Administration ... 2
Total 24**
Electives at Metropolitan State College
Upper Division*** .......................... 16
Total Semester Hours Required 40
RESTAURANT ADMINISTRATION
Restaurant Administration students are expected to demonstrate a food preparation knowledge equivalent to those completing F-100 at Community College of Denver, North. See CCD-North for Certification.
Required Courses
Food Service 200 (Community College of Denver, North) See CCD, North courses in Food Service, F-200
Modules 20 Semester Hours Required.
Restaurant Administration (Metropolitan State College)
HMT 468 Practicum in Restaurant Operations.. 2
HMT 469 Seminar in Restaurant Administration 2
Total 24**
Electives at Metropolitan State College
Upper Division"* ..........................
Total Semester Hours Required 40
MEETING ADMINISTRATION
Required Courses
English (Metropolitan State College)
COM 273 Industrial Communication and
Media ...................................... 3
COM 375 Industrial Editing and Production . 3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing........... 3
Speech (Metropolitan State College)
SPE 211 Discussion Methods................. 3
SPE 312 Parliamentary Procedure ........... 2
'Required semester hour totals Include conversion of quarter hours to semester hours.
"Selected in cooperation with and the approval of the Student's Advisement Committee. Care must be exercised in the selection of all electives to insure 40 semester hours of upper division courses. (300 and 400 level.)
90


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Semester
Hours
SPE311 Conference Leadership................... 3
SPE418 Advanced Meeting Planning............ 3
Meeting Administration (Metropolitan State College)
HMT 478 Practicum in Meeting
Administration............................... 2
HMT 479 Seminar in Meeting Administration 2
Total 25
Electives at Metropolitan State College Upper Division* .............................. 15
Total Semester Hours Required 40
TRAVEL ADMINISTRATION
Required Courses
Travel Management (Community College of Denver-Auraria) See CCD Travel and Leisure Courses. 12 semester hours required.
Travel Administration (Metropolitan
State College)
HMT 380 Travel Agency Sales ................. 2
HMT 382 Travel Law............................ 3
HMT 488 Practicum in Travel Administration 2 HMT 489 Seminar in Travel Administration.. 2
Total 21
Electives at Metropolitan State College
Upper Division........................... 19
Total Semester Hours Required 40
HMT 380-2 Travel Agency Sales (2 + 0)
This course emphasizes agency procedures and techniques for commercial and non-commercial travel sales. Attention is given to both domestic and international individual and group travel. Practical as well as theoretical approaches are stressed.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, MKT 300, 316, or permission ot instructor.
HMT 382-3 Travel Law (3 + 0)
The course considers domestic and international law as it relates to the travel industry. Law as it affects passports, visas, travel insurance, and arrangements, security, and ocean, land and air transport is emphasized.
Prerequisites: Junior standing, MGT 221.
HMT 458-2 Practicum in Hotel Administration (2 + 0)
Supervised study and research of hotel problems in an on-the-job situation. Research results submitted in written form.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and completion ol HM sequence at Community College.
HMT 459-2 Seminar in Hotel Administration (2 + 0)
The course considers special problems in Hotel-Motel Administration such as: Downtown vs. Airport, Resort vs. City Properties. Emphasis is placed upon problem-solution approaches. Major paper required. Prerequisite: HMT 458.
HMT 468-2 Practicum in Restaurant Administration (2 + 0)
Supervised study and research of restaurant problems in an on-the-job situation. Research results submitted in written form.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and completion ol F-200 series at Community College.
Selected in cooperation with and the approval of the Students Advisement Committee. Care must be exercised in the selection of all electives to insure 40 semester hours of upper division courses. (300 and 400 level.)
HMT 469-2 Seminar in Restaurant Administration (2 + 0)
The course considers special problems in restaurant administration such as: Fast food service, volume feeding, stock control in relation to type of operation. Emphasis is placed upon problem-solution approaches. Major paper required.
Prerequisite: HMT 468.
HMT 478-2 Practicum in Meeting Administration (2 + 0)
Supervised study and research of meeting industry problems. Research coordinated with professionals in the meeting industry. Research results submitted in written form.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and completion or concurrent enrollment in SPE 318.
HMT 479-2 Seminar in Meeting Administration (2 + 0)
The course considers special problems in meeting administration such as: transportation regulatory laws, etc. Emphasis is placed upon problem-solution approaches and prediction. Major paper required. Prerequisite: HMT 478.
HMT 488-2 Practicum in Travel Administration (2 + 0)
Supervised in-depth research in an on-the-job situation. Emphasis is placed upon the development and implementation of a discrete research project pertaining to the travel industry.
Prerequisites: HMT 380 and HMT 382.
HMT 489-2 Seminar in Travel Administration (2 4- 0)
Current travel industry problems are considered in a group situation. Students are encouraged to explore areas and problems in which they feel a need or interest. The course Is designed as a culmination of the Travel Administration Major.
Prerequisite: HMT 488.
MODERN LANGUAGES
The Department of Modern Languages offers major programs in Spanish and Modern Foreign Languages, minor programs in French, German, and Spanish, a Teacher Education Program in Spanish, and courses in Chinese. In addition, courses in other foreign languages and in occupational or professional fields are offered in order to meet student and community needs.
Registration for courses is in accordance with previous preparation. Consequently, students will register for foreign language courses as follows: No previous study, or less than one year in high school 101; students with one year in high school who feel their background is weak 101; one semester in college 102; one year in college 211 and/or 231; two years in high school 211 and/or 231; or 102, if needed; three years in high school or one and one-half years in college 212 and/or 232; or 211 and/or 231, if needed; four years in high school or two years in college 300 level courses, or 212 and/or 232, if needed.
The above regulations may not be enforceable if the student has had no professional instruction in his chosen language within the last two years. If the benefit of this exception is not possible but the student feels that he has insufficient preparation for the required level, he should strengthen his background by auditing the course recommended by his foreign language advisor.
All students taking courses numbered 101 or 102 in French, German or Spanish will be required two hours per week of language laboratory attendance to equal one of the total five credit hours given per course. Elementary courses do not apply toward the major or minor requirements.
Students seeking secondary credentials in Spanish must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the Spanish major requirements.
91


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Recent Colorado law affecting teacher certification has been passed. This indicates that several changes may be necessary to current programs starting fall 1977. Details are not available at the time of this printing, therefore, students should contact the Education Department for modifications.
SPANISH
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Hours
SPA 210* Spanish Phonetics and Diction....... 2
SPA 211 or 212 Spanish Reading and
Conversation I or II......................... 3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I 3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II 3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation................... 3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain or
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and
Civilization................................. 3
SPA331 Spanish Writing and Grammar I .... 3
SPA 332 Spanish Writing and Grammar II .... 3
SPA 340 or 341 Survey of Spanish Literature
I or II...................................... 3
SPA 351 Masterpieces of Latin American
Literature .................................. 3
MDL381* Teaching Foreign Languages in the
Secondary School............................. 3
SPA 411 or 412 Contemporary Spanish or
Latin-American Literature.................... 3
SPA Electives** ................................ 5
Minor in Spanish
Required Courses
SPA211or212 Spanish Reading and
Conversation I or II........................ 3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I 3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II 3
SPA 331 Spanish Writing and Grammar I....... 3
SPA 340 or 341 Survey of Spanish Literature
lord........................................ 3
SPA 351 Masterpieces of Latin American
Literature ................................. 3
SPA Electives** ............................... 3
FRENCH
Minor in French Required Courses
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation ... 3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues.......... 3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and
Grammar .................................... 3
FRE 232 French Composition..................... 3
FRE 311 French Survey I........................ 3
FRE 351 French Culture and Civilization..... 3
FRE Electives*** .............................. 3
GERMAN
Minor in German
Required Courses
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation .. 3
GER 212 German Civilization.................... 3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and
Grammar ..................................... 3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing ..................................... 3
Required only when seeking a Teacher Certificate. Must be advanced courses and taken with department approval.
Semester
Hours
GER 321 or 322 Survey of German Literature
lorll........................................... 3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller ........ 3
GER Electives*** .................................. 3
MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses
The composite Modern Language Major involves a minimum of 48 hours in any two modern languages, at least 12 hours in each. Students are advised into intermediate and advanced classes in each language on the basis of individual background and need. The minimum 12 hours in each of the two chosen languages must be taken as follows:****
Spanish
SPA 211-212 Spanish Reading and
Conversation I, II........................... 6
SPA 231-232 Spanish Grammar and
Composition I, II........................ 6
French
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation ... 3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues........... 3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and
Grammar .................................. 3
FRE 232 French Composition................... 3
German
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation .. 3
GER 212 German Civilization.................. 3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and
Grammar .................................. 3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing ................................... 3
MODERN LANGUAGES
MDL 130-2 Languages for the Professionals (2 + 0)
To afford the students a practical knowledge of a foreign language (Spanish, German, French, etc.) in order to facilitate communication and to provide understanding in a specific professional field. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
MDL 170-2 Foreign Languages for Travelers (2 + 0)
This course aims to teach the necessary basics needed when traveling in a foreign country. It will give the traveler a minimal command of the basic phrases, salutations, weather, numbers, time, statements of need and desire. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
MDL 381-3 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (3 + 0)
A course in methods and materials of instruction in Modern Foreign Languages at the secondary level.
Prerequisites: EDU 321, plus nine hours of intermediate and advanced courses in one foreign language, or permission of instructor.
CHINESE
CHI 101-4 Elementary Chinese I (4 + 0)
An introductory course in Chinese, Including conversation and grammatical principles.
*,!,*Must be taken under department guidance.
****The remaining hours to complete the 48 required must be taken with department approval.
92


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
CHI 102-4 Elementary Chinese II (4 + 0)
Continuation of CHI 101. Conversational drills and grammar are emphasized as well as reading and understanding.
Prerequisite: CHI 101, or permission of instructor.
FRENCH
FRE 101-5 Elementary French I (4 + 2)
A beginner's course, with emphasis on pronunciation, speaking, and understanding, supplemented by grammar, reading, and writing.
FRE 102-5 Elementary French II (4 + 2)
Continuation o( FRE 101.
Prerequisites: FRE 101, or one or two years of high school French, or permission of instructor.
FRE 211-3 French Reading and Conversation (3 + 0)
This course is designed to reinforce the French language the student has learned through drills and other techniques and help him make the transition from highly controlled materials to unedited works offered in advanced courses.
Prerequisite: One year of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 212-3 Contemporary French Issues (3 + 0)
Conversation and discussion based on everyday French life subjects. This course is designed to accelerate the acquisition of verbal fluency as well as to inform the student on French daily life and events.
Prerequisite: One year of college French, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 231-3 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar (3 + 0)
This course is designed to widen the students range of active structure, vocabulary, and grammar, as well as reinforce the introductory courses the student has had.
Prerequisite: One year of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 232-3 French Composition (3 + 0)
This course is designed to strengthen the students writing skill. At the beginning of the course, the student will apply the principles of pattern practice to writing and will progress from imitation of model sentences to eventual free composition.
Prerequisite: One year of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 311-3 Survey of French Literature I
(3 + 0)
Introduction to those areas in literature which will give an insight of French historical and cultural development through selected readings of that time.
Prerequisite: Two years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 312-3 Survey of French Literature II
(3 + 0)
Introduction to those areas in contemporary literature, with an emphasis on the different literary schools, aesthetic theories, and literary styles.
Prerequisite: Two years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 331-3 Advanced French Composition and Grammar (3 + 0)
This course is designed to reinforce and develop further the writing skills, thus enabling the student to combine accuracy with imagination and inventiveness in writing French.
Prerequisites: FRE 231, 232, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 332-3 Advanced Conversation (3 +0)
This course is designed to broaden the student skills in French conversation. He will learn more advanced structures of the language as well as other aspects of grammar and idiomatic expressions.
Prerequisite: FRE 211 or 212 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 351-3 French Culture and Civilization (3 + 0)
Survey of those elements which have contributed to the unique French life style. This will include emphasis not only on politics, history, art, geography, philosophy, and current social patterns, but also a look at French preferences in entertainment as well; customs, food, and wine.
Prerequisite: Two years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 352-3 Modern French Theater (3 + 0)
A sampling of the French dramatists who have contributed not only to literary development but who also have had an impact on society and culture.
Prerequisite: Two years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 353-3 The French Novel (3 + 0)
A sampling of novels from those which are considered particularly French, in both style and substance.
Prerequisite: Two years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 414-3 Advanced Textual Analysis (3 + 0)
This course aims at helping the student grasp structural relationships of a literary work and help him read critically and imaginatively.
Prerequisite: Three years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
FRE 440-3 Existentialism (3 + 0)
This course is an in-depth study of French Existentialism and its influence on the development of French contemporary literature. It will further analyze the writers personal view of modern man and his resolution to the problem of mans absurd" condition.
Prerequisite: Three years of college French or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GERMAN
GER 101-5 Elementary German I (4 + 2)
An introductory course in German, including pronunciation, grammar, and reading, with emphasis on speaking and understanding.
GER 102-5 Elementary German II (4 + 2)
Continuation of GER 101.
Prerequisite: GER 101, or one or two years of high school German.
GER 211-3 German Reading and Conversation (3 + 0)
This course shall prepare the student to read and to communicate with ease in German. Emphasis lies on vocabulary and idiomatic phrases used in everyday language.
Prerequisite: One year of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 212-3 German Civilization (3 + 0)
This course places emphasis on the broadening of reading and conversational skills. The materials read and discussed will introduce the student to various aspects of German civilization, from its geography and history to its philosophical and political thought, arts, music, and modern living.
Prerequisite: One year of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
93


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
GER 231-3 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar (3 + 0)
This course is designed to strengthen the grammatical background of the student by reinforcing old and introducing new, more advanced principles of grammar, and to increase his vocabulary.
Prerequisite: One year of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 232-3 German Composition and Free Writing (3 + 0)
This course is designed to strengthen the students writing skill. It will expose him to various topics of interest to todays college student. In addition to the textbook, informative films will be presented and articles from German newspapers and magazines will be used.
Prerequisite: One year of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 321-3 Survey of German Literature I (3 + 0)
This course shall give an insight of German historical and cultural development through selected readings in German literature, from its beginning to the eighteenth century.
Prerequisite: Two years of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 322-3 Survey of German Literature II (3 + 0)
A history of German literature of the eighteenth, nineteenth. and ady twentieth centuries, including selected readings of principal German authors, lectures on biography and criticism, and recitation. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite: Two years of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 323-3 Contemporary German Writers (3 + 0)
After a rapid survey of philosophical, political, economic, and social backgrounds, the course will emphasize works of distinguished contemporary authors. Lectures on biography and criticism will bn interspersed as convenient. A term paper will be assigned. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite: Two years of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 331-3 Advanced German Composition and Grammar (3 + 0)
This course is designed to prepare the student for the demands of the use of literary and scientific German at advanced levels. The student is led into an appreciation of the deeper structures of the language and the functional aspects of grammar in communication.
Prerequisites: GER 231 and 232, or permission of instructor.
GER 341-3 Scientific and Commercial German (3 + 0)
Designed for the understanding of writings in the fields of science and business. Attention is given to the specialized vocabulary, idioms and sentence structure in these fields. Translations on up-to-date topics are from German into English facilitating reading comprehension.
Prerequisite: GER 232, or permission of instructor.
GER 351-3 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller (3 + 0)
After a brief survey of the history of the German drama, the works selected will be read and analyzed. Class periods will be devoted to lectures on historical background, biography and criticism, reading, translation of the works for appreciation or alertness, class discussion in German, and oral or written reports.
Prerequisite: Two years of college German or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
GER 411 -3 The German Novel of the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries (3 + 0)
The development of the German novel and short novel, with emphasis on the principal writers of prose fiction of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Reports and discussions of representative works, supplemented with lectures on biography and background. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite: At least three hours of third year college German, or permission of instructor.
GER 412-3 German Drama of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries (3 + 0)
Continuation of GER 411. Development of the German drama, with emphasis on the dramatists of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Principal works of Tieck, Kleist, Hebbel, Ludwig, Hauptmann, and Brecht, supplemented with lectures on biography and historical background. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite: At least three hours of third year college German, or permission of instructor.
GER 421-3 Advanced Conversation: Present-day Germany (3 + 0)
This course is designed to help the student develop an understanding of present-day Germany. Recent and current socio-economic changes and political trends are emphasized. Articles in recent issues of a leading German periodical are used as a basis for classroom discussion, student reports and themes.
Prerequisite: At least three hours of third year college German, or permission of instructor.
SPANISH
SPA 101-5 Elementary Spanish I (4 + 2)
The basic course in Spanish, with emphasis primarily on pronunciation, speaking, and understanding, supplemented by grammar, reading and writing.
SPA 102-5 Elementary Spanish II (4 + 2)
Continuation of SPA 101.
Prerequisite: SPA 101, or one or two years of high school Spanish.
SPA 210-2 Spanish Phonetics and Diction (2 + 0)
A theoretical-practical course especially designed to provide a solid grounding in Spanish phonology and a systematic program for correcting student pronunciation defects. Included will be a presentation of the Spanish phonetic system, a classification of the consonants, transcriptions, and exercises in Spanish phonetics.
Prerequisite: One year of college Spanish, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 211-3 Spanish Reading and Conversation I (3 + 0)
Intermediate course designed to afford the student the necessary practice to communicate with ease in Spanish. Emphasis lies on vocabulary building, reading of cultural material, and conversation.
Prerequisite: One year of college Spanish, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 212-3 Spanish Reading and Conversation II (3 + 0)
Reading and discussion based on different aspects of Hispanic culture. This course continues to emphasize the broadening of reading and conversational skills.
Prerequisite: One year of college Spanish, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
94


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
SPA 231-3 Spanish Grammar and Composition I (3 + 0)
Intermediate course to review and strengthen knowledge of the structure of the Spanish language as a basic for more advanced work in speaking, understanding, reading, and writing.
Prerequisite: SPA 102 or two or three years of high school Spanish.
SPA 232-3 Spanish Grammar and Composition II (3 + 0)
This course is designed to widen and reinforce the different structures of the Spanish language in order to strengthen the students writing skills.
Prerequisite: SPA 231 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 310-2 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual Classroom (2 + 0)
A practical course designed to help students and teachers with the Spanish terminology used in the different areas of instruction.
Prerequisites: Two years of college Spanish, its equivalent, or permission of the instructor.
SPA 311-3 Advanced Conversation (3 + 0)
An advanced course to broaden and strengthen the student's conversational skills, emphasizing current topics in the Hispanic world.
Prerequisite: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 320-3 Culture and Civilization of Spain (3 + 0)
An advanced Spanish conversational approach to the understanding of the traditions and history of Spain, and the national character as expressed in everyday life, based on a reading-lecture-discussion format. Entirely conducted in Spanish, oral presentations by participant students will be required.
Prerequisite: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 321-3 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization (3 + 0)
An advanced Spanish conversational approach to the chief cultural characteristics of the Hispanic-American world, based on a reading-lecture-discussion format. Entirely conducted in Spanish, oral presentations by participant students will be required.
Prerequisite: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 331-3 Spanish Writing and Grammar I (3 + 0)
Course in the structure of the language to prepare the student for advanced work in conversation, reading, and writing.
Prerequisite: SPA 232 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 332-3 Spanish Writing and Grammar II (3 + 0)
An advanced study in vocabulary, idioms, and the grammatical structure of the language.
Prerequisite: SPA 331, or permission of instructor.
SPA 333-2 Spanish Social and Commercial Correspondence (2 + 0)
This course presents the fundamental points relative to personal and business letters in Spanish, special emphasis on the development of a vocabulary for all types of letters.
Prerequisite: SPA 232 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 340-3 Survey of Spanish Literature I (3 + 0)
A general survey of the literature of Spain from the Middle Ages through the Romantic Era. Reading of representative works, lecture on biography, critcism, and recitation will be included. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisite: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 341-3 Survey of Spanish Literature II (3 + 0)
Spanish Literature since 1870, including, Post-Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Generation of 1898, the "genero chico and more recent works. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisites: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 351-3 Masterpieces of Latin American Literature (3 + 0)
This course is designed to introduce the student to the most important works in Latin American literature with an emphasis in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisites: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 352-3 Contemporary Mexican Literature (3 + 0)
A course which presents the most representative literary figures of contemporary Mexico. Beginning with the Novel of the Revolution, the student will be reading and discussing the works of living authors, including Juan Rulfo, Carlos Fuentes, and Octavio Paz. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisites: Two years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 411-3 Contemporary Spanish Literature (3 + 0)
This course involves the study and discussion of the major works in contemporary Spanish literature. The course is designed to provide a meaningful language experience through literature and to give an insight into essential problems common to the Hispanic world. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisites: Three years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
SPA 412-3 Contemporary Latin-American Literature (3 + 0)
A course in which the student will be critically reading and discussing the major works of contemporary Spanish American authors in order to appreciate their literary and cultural values and to participate in a meaningful language experience. Conducted in Spanish.
Prerequisites: Three years of college Spanish or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
MUSIC
The Bachelor of Arts Degree at Metropolitan State College allows undergraduates to major or minor in music as a part of a liberal arts program. The Department of Music offers a wide range of courses which provide opportunities for students to: 1) enhance their appreciation and enjoyment of music and participate in large and small music ensembles while majoring in another field, 2) gain a broad, general coverage of the field by pursuing the music minor, or 3) prepare themselves as music teachers or performers by majoring in the specialized areas of Music Education or Music Performance. Music majors are not required to complete a minor.
The Music Education major, which prepares the student for certification at levels K-12, is fully accredited by the Colorado State Department of Education. Students seeking teaching credentials in music must satisfy the Teacher Education Program at MSC in addition
95


SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
to all of the requirements of the Department of Music. Recent Colorado law effecting teacher certification has been passed. This indicates that several changes may be necessary to current programs starting Fall 1977. Details are not available at the time of this printing; therefore, students should contact the Education Department for modifications.
The Music Performance major provides preparation for performance, further graduate specialization or private teaching. In order to pursue this course of study, the student must demonstrate through audition the capability of developing a high level of musician-ship in performance.
All students majoring or minoring in music must participate in the departmental advising program prior to each registration period. Transfer students should be prepared to take placement examinations in the areas of music theory and music history and to perform an audition in their primary performance area. For specific information concerning advising, placement and auditions, contact the Department of Music.
Music Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirement for ail Music Education Majors
Semester
Hours
MUS 111,113, 211 Music Theory I, II, III... 9
MUS 112, 114, 212 Music Theory Lab I, II, III .. 3
MUS 121,122, 221 Music History I, II, III... 6
MUS 171,172, 271, 272 Private Instruction;
Primary Performance Area I, II, III, IV..... 8
MUS 161,162 or171 Class or Private Instruction: Secondary Performance Area .... 2
Note: Must be Class Piano I and II unless student is able to pass the Private Instruction Audition in Piano.
MUS 281,282, 381, 382 Ensemble Music........... 8
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit; all eight hours may be earned in one course number or in any combination of the above numbers.
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging.................................. 3
MUS 351 Basic Conducting.................... 2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting................. 2
MUS 452 Advanced Conducting Lab............. 1
EDU 110 The Elementary Child I.............. 3
EDU 265 Human Relations..................... 3
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner....... 3
EDU 345 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom ................................. 3
EDU 419 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Elementary (K-6) and
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary .................................. 18
Total 74
In addition to the above core requirement, music education majors must select one of the following emphases:
Instrumental Emphasis
MUS 333 Instrumental Music Methods and
Materials................................... 2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience:
Instrumental Music.......................... 1
MUS 341 Violin and Viola Techniques............ 1
MUS 342 Cello and Bass Techniques.............. 1
MUS 343 Flute Techniques....................... 1
MUS 344 Clarinet and Saxophone Techniques. 1
MUS 345 Brass Techniques ...................... 1
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques.................. 1
Total 9
Choral Emphasis
MUS 331 Elementary School Music Methods and Materials................................ 2
Semester
Hours
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience:
Elementary School Music..................... 1
MUS 332 Secondary School Choral Methods
and Materials............................... 2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience:
Secondary School Choral Music............... 1
MUS 341 or 342 Violin and Viola Techniques or
Cello and Bass Techniques................... 1
MUS 345 Brass Techniques ...................... 1
MUS 421 Choral Literature...................... 2
Total 10
Music Performance Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirement lor all Music Performance Majors
MUS 111,113, 211, 213 Music Theory I, II,
III, IV........................................ 12
MUS 112,114, 212, 214 Music Theory Lab I, II,
III, IV......................................... 4
MUS 121,122, 221, 222 Music History I, II,
III, IV......................................... 8
MUS 171,172, 271, 272 Private Instruction:
Primary Performance Area I, II, III, IV.... 8
MUS 373,374, 473, 474 Performance:
Primary Performance Area V, VI, VII, VIII .... 16
MUS 161,162 or 171 Class or Private
Instruction: Secondary Performance Area------- 2
Note: Must be Class Piano I and II unless student is able to pass the Private Instruction Audition in Piano.
MUS 281,282, 381,382 Ensemble Music.............. 8
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit; all eight hours may be earned in one course number or in any combination of the above numbers.
MUS 351 Basic Conducting........................... 2
MUS 411 Analysis of Music.......................... 2
MUS 479 Senior Recital............................. 1
Music History or Literature Elective.............. _2
Total 65
In addition to the above core requirement, music performance majors must select one of the following emphases:
Voice Emphasis
MUS 421 Choral Literature....................... 2
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy.......................... 2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting.................... _2
Total 6
Piano Emphasis
MUS 312 Eighteenth Century Counterpoint------- 2
MUS 324 Piano Literature........................ 3
MUS 441 Piano Pedagogy......................... _2
Total 7
Organ Emphasis
MUS 161,162 or 171 Class or Private
Instruction: Voice......................... 2
MUS 311 Sixteenth Century Counterpoint........ 2
MUS 312 Eighteenth Century Counterpoint------- 2
MUS 421 Choral Literature ...................... 2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting..................... 2
Total 10
Guitar Emphasis
MUS 312 Eighteenth Century Counterpoint ... 2
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging.................................. 3
Total 5
Woodwind, Brass, String or Percussion Emphasis MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging....................................... 3
MUS 423 Orchestral Literature................... 3
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting..................... 2
Total 8
96